dtwm: Remove WSM define, that is always on for CDE

cde/programs/dtwm/Imakefile

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ MWMDEFINES = $(VFORK_DEFINE) -DLARGECURSORS -DR2_COMPAT -DOPAQUE -DSHAPE \
 	-DCDE_INSTALLATION_TOP=\"$(CDE_INSTALLATION_TOP)\" \
 	-DCDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP=\"$(CDE_CONFIGURATION_TOP)\"
 
-DTWMDEFINES = -DWSM
+DTWMDEFINES =
 
 DEPEND_DEFINES = $(DEPENDDEFINES)
 DEFINES = $(MWMDEFINES) $(DTWMDEFINES) -DMULTIBYTE

cde/programs/dtwm/README

@@ -152,9 +152,6 @@ header file include flags, and macros (e.g. ABS).
     UNMAP_ON_RESTART
 	All windows are unmapped on restart.
 
-    WSM
-	Workspace manager code.
-
     _BMS
 	Formerly used to denote code that interfaced to the HP Broadcast
 	message server. This code has been switched over to ICCC

cde/programs/dtwm/WmBackdrop.c

@@ -20,7 +20,6 @@
  * to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth
  * Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
  */
-#ifdef WSM 
 /* 
  * (c) Copyright 1987,1988,1989,1990,1992,1993,1994 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY
  * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.
@@ -691,5 +690,4 @@ IsBackdropWindow(
     return (rval);
 }
 
-#endif /* WSM */
 /*********************        eof     ***************************/

cde/programs/dtwm/WmBackdrop.h

@@ -20,7 +20,6 @@
  * to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth
  * Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
  */
-#ifdef WSM
 /* 
  * (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1992 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY 
  * (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 OPEN SOFTWARE FOUNDATION, INC. 
@@ -46,5 +45,4 @@ extern Boolean IsBackdropWindow(
 
 /********    End Public Function Declarations    ********/
 
-#endif /* WSM */
 /****************************   eof    ***************************/

cde/programs/dtwm/WmCDInfo.c

@@ -722,7 +722,6 @@ Boolean GetFramePartInfo (ClientData *pcd, int part, int *pX, int *pY, unsigned
 		    rval = TRUE;
 		}
 		break;
-#ifdef WSM
 
 	case FRAME_TITLEBAR:
 		if (decor & MWM_DECOR_TITLE) {
@@ -734,7 +733,6 @@ Boolean GetFramePartInfo (ClientData *pcd, int part, int *pX, int *pY, unsigned
 		    rval = TRUE;
 		}
 		break;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 	case FRAME_MINIMIZE:
 		if (decor & MWM_DECOR_MINIMIZE) {

cde/programs/dtwm/WmCDecor.c

@@ -695,7 +695,6 @@ void GenerateFrameDisplayLists (ClientData *pcd)
 
     /* produce default border with no resizing functions */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 	BevelRectangle (pcd->pclientTopShadows, 	/* outside */
 		    pcd->pclientBottomShadows, 
 		    0, 0, 
@@ -704,13 +703,6 @@ void GenerateFrameDisplayLists (ClientData *pcd)
 		    FRAME_EXTERNAL_SHADOW_WIDTH,
 		    FRAME_EXTERNAL_SHADOW_WIDTH,
 		    FRAME_EXTERNAL_SHADOW_WIDTH);
-#else /* WSM */
-	BevelRectangle (pcd->pclientTopShadows, 	/* outside */
-		    pcd->pclientBottomShadows, 
-		    0, 0, 
-		    pcd->frameInfo.width, pcd->frameInfo.height,
-		    2, 2, 2, 2);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 	if ((pcd->internalBevel > 1) &&
 	    !matte_width && 
@@ -1100,11 +1092,11 @@ void GetTextBox (ClientData *pcd, XRectangle *pBox)
 {
     int x,y;
     unsigned int width,height;
-#if defined(WSM) && defined(DT_LEFT_JUSTIFIED_TITLE)
+#if defined(DT_LEFT_JUSTIFIED_TITLE)
     Dimension textWidth;
     Dimension offset;
     XmFontList  fontList;
-#endif /* WSM */
+#endif
 
     /* get size of title area */
 
@@ -1261,14 +1253,9 @@ void DrawWindowTitle (ClientData *pcd, Boolean eraseFirst)
 		   textBox.x, textBox.y, textBox.width, &textBox,
 		   ((wmGD.frameStyle == WmSLAB) ? False : True));
 #else /* DT_LEFT_JUSTIFIED_TITLE */
-#ifdef WSM
     WmDrawXmString(DISPLAY, win, fontList, pcd->clientTitle, clientGC,
 		   textBox.x, textBox.y, textBox.width, &textBox,
 		   True);
-#else
-    WmDrawXmString(DISPLAY, win, fontList, pcd->clientTitle, clientGC,
-		   textBox.x, textBox.y, textBox.width, &textBox);
-#endif
 #endif /* DT_LEFT_JUSTIFIED_TITLE */
 		     
 

cde/programs/dtwm/WmCEvent.c

@@ -59,9 +59,7 @@
 #include "WmWinInfo.h"
 #include "WmWinList.h"
 #include "WmWinState.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmWrkspace.h"
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 /*
@@ -246,10 +244,8 @@ Boolean WmDispatchClientEvent (XEvent *event)
     {
 	SetActiveScreen (PSD_FOR_CLIENT(pCD));
     }
-#ifdef WSM
     /* Get workspace specific client data */
     SetClientWsIndex (pCD);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /*
      * Handle events on top-level client windows.
@@ -412,7 +408,6 @@ Boolean WmDispatchClientEvent (XEvent *event)
 	     * This is a request to change the state of the client window from
 	     * iconic (minimized) to normal.
 	     */
-#ifdef WSM
             if (!ClientInWorkspace (ACTIVE_WS, pCD))
 	    {
 		if (pCD->absentMapBehavior == AMAP_BEHAVIOR_IGNORE)
@@ -430,9 +425,6 @@ Boolean WmDispatchClientEvent (XEvent *event)
 	    {
 		SetClientState (pCD, NORMAL_STATE, GetTimestamp ());
 	    }
-#else /* WSM */
-	    SetClientState (pCD, NORMAL_STATE, GetTimestamp ());
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    break;
 	}
 
@@ -515,9 +507,7 @@ Boolean WmDispatchClientEvent (XEvent *event)
 Boolean HandleEventsOnSpecialWindows (XEvent *pEvent)
 {
     Boolean dispatchEvent = True;
-#ifdef WSM
     WmScreenData *pSD;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
     /*
@@ -557,7 +547,6 @@ Boolean HandleEventsOnSpecialWindows (XEvent *pEvent)
 	}
 	dispatchEvent = False; /* don't have the toolkit dispatch the event */
     }
-#ifdef  WSM
     else if (!XFindContext (DISPLAY, pEvent->xany.window,
 		    wmGD.mwmWindowContextType, (caddr_t *)&pSD))
     {
@@ -572,7 +561,6 @@ Boolean HandleEventsOnSpecialWindows (XEvent *pEvent)
 	    HandleDtWmClientMessage ((XClientMessageEvent *)pEvent);
 	}
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
     else
     {
 	/*
@@ -795,12 +783,10 @@ void HandleCPropertyNotify (ClientData *pCD, XPropertyEvent *propertyEvent)
 	    {
 		ProcessWmProtocols (pCD);
 	    }
-#ifdef WSM
 	    else if (propertyEvent->atom == wmGD.xa_DT_WORKSPACE_HINTS)
 	    {
 		(void) ProcessWorkspaceHints (pCD);
 	    }
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    else if (propertyEvent->atom == wmGD.xa_MWM_MESSAGES)
 	    {
 		if (pCD->protocolFlags & PROTOCOL_MWM_MESSAGES)
@@ -2577,12 +2563,10 @@ void HandleClientMessage (ClientData *pCD, XClientMessageEvent *clientEvent)
 	{
 	    newState = NORMAL_STATE;
 	}
-#ifdef WSM
 	if (!ClientInWorkspace (ACTIVE_WS, pCD))
 	{
 	    newState |= UNSEEN_STATE;
 	}
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 	SetClientState (pCD, newState, GetTimestamp ());
 

cde/programs/dtwm/WmError.c

@@ -36,9 +36,7 @@
 
 #include "WmGlobal.h"
 #include <stdio.h>
-#ifdef WSM
 #include <Dt/UserMsg.h>
-#endif /* WSM */
 #include "WmXSMP.h"
 
 /*
@@ -319,21 +317,15 @@ WmXtWarningHandler (char *message)
 void
 Warning (char *message)
 {
-#ifdef WSM
     char pch[MAXWMPATH+1];
 
     sprintf (pch, "%s: %s\n", 
 	GETMESSAGE(20, 1, "Workspace Manager"), message);
 
     _DtSimpleError (wmGD.mwmName, DtIgnore, NULL, pch, NULL);
-#else /* WSM */
-    fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s\n", wmGD.mwmName, message);
-    fflush (stderr);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION Warning */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 #ifdef DEBUGGER
 
 /******************************<->*************************************
@@ -366,4 +358,3 @@ PrintFormatted(char *f, char *s0, char *s1, char *s2, char *s3, char *s4, char *
 
 /************************    eof   **************************/
 #endif /* DEBUGGER */
-#endif /* WSM */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmError.h

@@ -30,11 +30,9 @@
 /*
  * (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 #ifdef DEBUGGER
 extern void PrintFormatted(char *f, char *s0, char *s1, char *s2, char *s3, char *s4, char *s5, char *s6, char *s7, char *s8, char *s9);
 #endif /* DEBUGGER */
-#endif /* WSM */
 extern void WmInitErrorHandler (Display *display);
 extern int WmXErrorHandler (Display *display, XErrorEvent *errorEvent);
 extern int WmXIOErrorHandler (Display *display);
@@ -44,6 +42,4 @@ extern void Warning (char *message);
 #ifndef NO_MESSAGE_CATALOG
 extern char * GetMessage(int set, int n, char * s);
 #endif
-#ifdef WSM
 /****************************   eof    ***************************/
-#endif /* WSM */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmEvent.c

@@ -44,10 +44,8 @@
  */
 #include "WmEvent.h"
 #include "WmError.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmBackdrop.h"
 #include "WmWrkspace.h"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #include "WmCDInfo.h"
 #include "WmCDecor.h"
 #include "WmCEvent.h"
@@ -57,10 +55,8 @@
 #include "WmPanelP.h"  /* for typedef in WmManage.h */
 #include "WmManage.h"
 #include "WmMenu.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmICCC.h"
 #include "WmProperty.h"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #include "WmWinInfo.h"
 #include "WmWinState.h"
 #include "WmResNames.h"
@@ -71,7 +67,6 @@
 #include <Xm/RowColumnP.h> /* for MS_LastManagedMenuTime */
 extern XmMenuState _XmGetMenuState();
 
-#ifdef WSM
 /*
  * FUNCTION PARSER TABLE
  */
@@ -85,7 +80,6 @@ typedef struct {
    Boolean       (*parseProc)();
 } FunctionTableEntry;
 
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 /*
@@ -93,11 +87,9 @@ typedef struct {
  */
 
 extern unsigned int buttonModifierMasks[];
-#ifdef WSM
 int smAckState = SM_UNITIALIZED;
 extern FunctionTableEntry functionTable[];
 extern int F_NOP_INDEX;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 #ifndef MOTIF_ONE_DOT_ONE
 #include <Xm/MenuShellP.h>
@@ -675,12 +667,8 @@ Boolean WmDispatchMenuEvent (XButtonEvent *event)
 	                       (short) wmGD.hotspotRectangle.width)) &&
 	     (event->y_root < (wmGD.hotspotRectangle.y + 
 	                       (short) wmGD.hotspotRectangle.height))&&
-#ifdef WSM
 	     (pCD || 
 	      (wmGD.rootButtonClick && wmGD.clickData.clickPending)))
-#else /* WSM */
-	     pCD)
-#endif /* WSM */
     {
 	/*   ^^^
 	 * Added check for NULL pCD in the above condition.
@@ -698,10 +686,8 @@ Boolean WmDispatchMenuEvent (XButtonEvent *event)
 
 	if (event->type == ButtonRelease)
 	{
-#ifdef WSM
           if (pCD)
 	  {
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    /*
 	     * The system menu is posted from a system menu button or an
 	     * icon.  By doing a button release over the system menu button
@@ -724,7 +710,6 @@ Boolean WmDispatchMenuEvent (XButtonEvent *event)
 		->MS_LastManagedMenuTime = ((XButtonEvent *)event)->time;
 	    doXtDispatchEvent = True;
 #endif
-#ifdef WSM
           }
 	  else if ((!wmGD.clickData.pCD) && 
 	      (((XButtonEvent *)event)->button == wmGD.clickData.button) &&
@@ -768,7 +753,6 @@ Boolean WmDispatchMenuEvent (XButtonEvent *event)
 		 }
 	    wmGD.clickData.clickPending = False;
 	    }
-#endif /* WSM */
 	}
 	else
 	{
@@ -1238,9 +1222,9 @@ Boolean HandleKeyPress (XKeyEvent *keyEvent,
 		}
 
 	      if ((keySpecs->wmFunction == F_Menu) ||
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 		  (keySpecs->wmFunction == F_Post_RMenu) ||
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 		  (keySpecs->wmFunction == F_Post_SMenu))
 		{
 		  wmGD.menuUnpostKeySpec = keySpecs;  /* menu unpost key spec */
@@ -1801,9 +1785,7 @@ void ProcessClickBPress (XButtonEvent *buttonEvent, ClientData *pCD, Context con
         wmGD.clickData.time = buttonEvent->time;
         wmGD.clickData.clickPending = True;
         wmGD.clickData.doubleClickPending = True;
-#ifdef WSM
         wmGD.clickData.bReplayed = wmGD.bReplayedButton;
-#endif /* WSM */
     }
 
 
@@ -1882,9 +1864,6 @@ void ProcessClickBRelease (XButtonEvent *buttonEvent, ClientData *pCD, Context c
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION ProcessClickBRelease */
 
-
-#ifdef WSM
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  HandleDtWmClientMessage (clientEvent)
@@ -2132,9 +2111,6 @@ HandleDtWmRequest (WmScreenData *pSD, XEvent *pev)
 } /* END OF FUNCTION HandleDtWmRequest */
 
 
-#endif /* WSM */
-
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  HandleWsEnterNotify (enterEvent)
@@ -2592,7 +2568,7 @@ Time GetTimestamp (void)
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION GetTimestamp */
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  LastTime ()
@@ -2624,7 +2600,7 @@ Time LastTime ()
 
   return (evTime);
 }
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 
 /*************************************<->*************************************
@@ -2657,20 +2633,14 @@ void PullExposureEvents (void)
      * Force the exposure events into the queue
      */
     XSync (DISPLAY, False);
-#ifdef WSM
     XSync (DISPLAY1, False);
-#endif /* WSM */
     /*
      * Selectively extract the exposure events
      */
-#ifdef WSM
     while (XCheckMaskEvent (DISPLAY, 
 	       ExposureMask|VisibilityChangeMask, &event) ||
 	   XCheckMaskEvent (DISPLAY1, 
 	       ExposureMask|VisibilityChangeMask, &event))
-#else /* WSM */
-    while (XCheckMaskEvent (DISPLAY, ExposureMask, &event))
-#endif /* WSM */
     {
         /*
 	 * Check for, and process non-widget events.  The events may be
@@ -2678,11 +2648,9 @@ void PullExposureEvents (void)
 	 * to an icon window, or to a "special" window management window.
 	 */
 
-#ifdef WSM
       switch (event.type)
       {
        case Expose:
-#endif /* WSM */
 	if (event.xany.window == ACTIVE_ROOT)
 	{
 	    dispatchEvent = WmDispatchWsEvent (&event);
@@ -2691,11 +2659,9 @@ void PullExposureEvents (void)
 	{
 	    dispatchEvent = WmDispatchClientEvent (&event);
 	}
-#ifdef WSM
        default:
 	dispatchEvent = True;
       }
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 	if (dispatchEvent)
 	{
@@ -2709,8 +2675,6 @@ void PullExposureEvents (void)
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION PullExposureEvents */
 
-#ifdef WSM
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  ReplayedButtonEvent ()
@@ -2761,4 +2725,3 @@ ReplayedButtonEvent (
 
     return (rval);
 }
-#endif /* WSM */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmEvent.h

@@ -30,19 +30,17 @@
 /*
  * (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 /* Shared Variables */
 extern int smAckState;
 
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 extern Boolean CheckForButtonAction (XButtonEvent *buttonEvent, 
 				     Context context, Context subContext, 
 				     ClientData *pCD);
 extern Time GetTimestamp (void);
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 extern Time LastTime (void);
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 extern Boolean HandleKeyPress (XKeyEvent *keyEvent, KeySpec *keySpecs, 
 			       Boolean checkContext, Context context, 
 			       Boolean onlyFirst, ClientData *pCD);
@@ -74,8 +72,6 @@ extern void WmGrabKey (Display *display, int keycode, unsigned int modifiers,
 		int keyboard_mode);
 extern void WmUngrabButton (Display *display, unsigned int button,
 		unsigned int modifiers, Window grab_window);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern void HandleDtWmClientMessage (XClientMessageEvent *clientEvent);
 extern void HandleDtWmRequest (WmScreenData *pSD, XEvent *pev);
 extern Boolean ReplayedButtonEvent (XButtonEvent *pevB1, XButtonEvent *pevB2);
-#endif /* WSM */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmFunction.c

@@ -39,19 +39,14 @@
  */
 
 #include "WmGlobal.h"
-#ifndef WSM
-#include <signal.h>
-#endif
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <X11/Xos.h>
 #include "WmICCC.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmWrkspace.h"  /* for ClientInWorkspace() test */
 #include <Dt/EnvControlP.h>  /* for restoring **environ before an exec() */
 #include "WmResNames.h"
 #include <Dt/Message.h>
 #include <Dt/Help.h>
-#endif /* WSM */
 #include <Dt/DtStrDefs.h>
 #include "WmPanelP.h"
 #include "WmSignal.h"
@@ -62,24 +57,18 @@
  */
 #include "WmFunction.h"
 #include "WmCEvent.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmHelp.h"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #include "WmCDInfo.h"
 #include "WmColormap.h"
 #include "WmError.h"
 #include "WmEvent.h"
 #include "WmFeedback.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmIPC.h"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #include "WmIPlace.h"
 #include "WmIconBox.h"
 #include "WmKeyFocus.h"
 #include "WmMenu.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmPresence.h"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #include "WmProperty.h"
 #include "WmProtocol.h"
 #include "WmResParse.h"
@@ -100,15 +89,12 @@ extern pid_t vfork();
 
 static unsigned int GetEventInverseMask(XEvent *event);
 
-#ifdef WSM
-
 #if (defined(__linux__) || defined(sun) || defined(CSRG_BASED)) && !defined(_NFILE)
 #define _NFILE FOPEN_MAX
 #endif
 #define CLOSE_FILES_ON_EXEC() \
 {int ifx; for (ifx=3; ifx < _NFILE; ifx++) (void) fcntl (ifx, F_SETFD, 1);}
 
-#endif /* WSM */
 /*
  * Global Variables:
  */
@@ -120,8 +106,6 @@ static unsigned int GetEventInverseMask(XEvent *event);
 static ClientData *dirtyStackEntry = NULL;
 static ClientData *dirtyLeader = NULL;
 
-#ifdef WSM
-
 /***********************<->*************************************
  *
  *  F_Action (args, pCD, event)
@@ -186,9 +170,7 @@ F_Action (String actionName, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
     return (True);
     
 } /* END OF FUNCTION F_Action */
-#endif /* WSM */
 
-
 /******************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  F_Beep (args, pCD, event)
@@ -274,7 +256,6 @@ Boolean ForceLowerWindow (ClientData *pcd)
 #endif
     XWindowChanges changes;
     Boolean restack = False;
-#ifdef WSM
     Window stackWindow;
     WmScreenData *pSD = (ACTIVE_WS)->pSD;
     unsigned int mask;
@@ -316,7 +297,6 @@ Boolean ForceLowerWindow (ClientData *pcd)
 	    pCLE = pCLE->prevSibling;
 	}
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
 #if 0
     if (pSD->lastClient->type == MINIMIZED_STATE)
     {
@@ -329,15 +309,10 @@ Boolean ForceLowerWindow (ClientData *pcd)
 #endif
 
     changes.stack_mode = Below;
-#ifdef WSM
     if (mask)
     {
 	XConfigureWindow (DISPLAY, pcd->clientFrameWin, mask, &changes);
     }
-#else /* WSM */
-    XConfigureWindow (DISPLAY, pcd->clientFrameWin, CWStackMode,
-		      &changes);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     return (restack);
 }
@@ -379,9 +354,7 @@ Boolean F_Lower (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
     ClientListEntry *pStackEntry;
     String string = args;
     int flags = STACK_NORMAL;
-#ifdef WSM
     WmWorkspaceData *pWS = ACTIVE_WS;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     if (string)
     {
@@ -398,15 +371,11 @@ Boolean F_Lower (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 							string,	F_GROUP_ALL)))
 	    {
 		pNextEntry = pEntry->prevSibling;
-#ifdef WSM
 	        if (ClientInWorkspace (pWS, pEntry->pCD))
 	        {
-#endif /* WSM */
 		Do_Lower (pEntry->pCD, pStackEntry, STACK_NORMAL);
 		pStackEntry = pEntry;
-#ifdef WSM
 	        }
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    }
 	}
 	/* process family stacking stuff */
@@ -430,26 +399,18 @@ Boolean F_Lower (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 		}
 		index += len;
 	    }
-#ifdef WSM
 	    if (ClientInWorkspace (pWS, pCD))
 	    {
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    Do_Lower (pCD, (ClientListEntry *) NULL, flags);
-#ifdef WSM
 	    }
-#endif /* WSM */
 	}
     }
     else if (pCD)
     {
-#ifdef WSM
 	    if (ClientInWorkspace (pWS, pCD))
 	    {
-#endif /* WSM */
 	Do_Lower (pCD, (ClientListEntry *) NULL, STACK_NORMAL);
-#ifdef WSM
 	    }
-#endif /* WSM */
     }
 
     /*
@@ -493,9 +454,7 @@ void Do_Lower (ClientData *pCD, ClientListEntry *pStackEntry, int flags)
     Boolean restackTransients;
     ClientData *pcdLeader;
     WmWorkspaceData *pWS = ACTIVE_WS;
-#ifdef WSM
     Boolean bLeaderRestacked;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     if (pCD->pECD)
     {
@@ -506,7 +465,6 @@ void Do_Lower (ClientData *pCD, ClientListEntry *pStackEntry, int flags)
 	return;
     }
     else 
-#ifdef WSM
     if (ClientInWorkspace(pWS, pCD)  && 
 	(!pStackEntry || ClientInWorkspace (pWS, pStackEntry->pCD)))
     {
@@ -528,7 +486,6 @@ void Do_Lower (ClientData *pCD, ClientListEntry *pStackEntry, int flags)
 	 */
 	return;
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     pcdLeader = (pCD->transientLeader) ? FindTransientTreeLeader (pCD) : pCD;
 
@@ -574,7 +531,6 @@ void Do_Lower (ClientData *pCD, ClientListEntry *pStackEntry, int flags)
     }
     else /* NORMAL_STATE, MAXIMIZED_STATE, adoption */
     {
-#ifdef WSM
         /*
 	 * Handle restacking of primary/secondary windows
 	 * within the transient window tree.
@@ -619,7 +575,7 @@ void Do_Lower (ClientData *pCD, ClientListEntry *pStackEntry, int flags)
 	    }
 
 	}
-#endif /* WSM */
+
 	/*
 	 * If this is a transient window then put it below its
 	 * sibling transient windows.
@@ -701,11 +657,7 @@ void Do_Lower (ClientData *pCD, ClientListEntry *pStackEntry, int flags)
 		MoveEntryInList (pWS, &pcdLeader->clientEntry, True /*above*/,
 		    pStackEntry);
 	    }
-#ifdef WSM
 	    else if ((restackTransients) || (bLeaderRestacked))
-#else /* WSM */
-	    else if (restackTransients)
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    {
 		RestackTransients (pCD);
 	    }
@@ -722,11 +674,7 @@ void Do_Lower (ClientData *pCD, ClientListEntry *pStackEntry, int flags)
 		MoveEntryInList (pWS, &pcdLeader->clientEntry,
 		    False /*on bottom*/, (ClientListEntry *) NULL);
 	    }
-#ifdef WSM
 	    else if ((restackTransients) || (bLeaderRestacked))
-#else /* WSM */
-	    else if (restackTransients)
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    {
 		RestackTransients (pCD);
 	    }
@@ -813,13 +761,9 @@ Boolean F_Circle_Down (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 		     * on the screen.  Lower the window.
 		     */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 		    wmGD.bSuspendSecondaryRestack = True;
-#endif /* WSM */
 		    F_Lower (NULL, pcdNext, (XEvent *) NULL);
-#ifdef WSM
 		    wmGD.bSuspendSecondaryRestack = False;
-#endif /* WSM */
 		    break;
 		}
 	    }
@@ -909,13 +853,9 @@ Boolean F_Circle_Up (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 		     * window on the screen.  Raise the window.
 		     */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 		    wmGD.bSuspendSecondaryRestack = True;
-#endif /* WSM */
 		    F_Raise (NULL, pcdNext, (XEvent *) NULL);
-#ifdef WSM
 		    wmGD.bSuspendSecondaryRestack = False;
-#endif /* WSM */
 		    break;
 		}
 	    }
@@ -986,12 +926,6 @@ Boolean F_Focus_Color (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 Boolean F_Exec (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 {
     int   pid;
-#ifndef WSM
-    int   status;
-    int   w;
-    void (*intStat) ();
-    void (*quitStat) ();
-#endif /* WSM */
     char *shell;
     char *shellname;
 
@@ -1036,7 +970,7 @@ Boolean F_Exec (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 #endif /* SYSV */
 #endif /* SVR4 */
 #endif /* NO_SETPGRP */
-#ifdef WSM 
+
 	/*
 	 * Clean up window manager resources.
 	 * The X file descriptor should be automatically closed.
@@ -1055,7 +989,6 @@ Boolean F_Exec (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 	 _DtEnvControl(DT_ENV_RESTORE_PRE_DT);
 
 	 CLOSE_FILES_ON_EXEC();
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 	/*
 	 * Exec the command using $MWMSHELL if set or 
@@ -1110,28 +1043,10 @@ Boolean F_Exec (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
      * Have the window manager wait for the shell to complete.
      */
 
-#ifndef WSM
-    intStat = (void (*)())signal (SIGINT, SIG_IGN);
-    quitStat = (void (*)())signal (SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN);
-#endif /* WSM */
-
-#ifdef WSM
     /*
      * Don't need to wait because WSM sets SIGCLD handler
      */
-#else /* WSM */
-    while ((w = wait (&status)) != pid && (w != -1));
 
-    if (w == -1)
-    {
-	status = -1;
-    }
-#endif /* WSM */
-
-#ifndef WSM
-    signal (SIGINT, intStat);
-    signal (SIGQUIT, quitStat);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /*
      * Restore original DISPLAY environment variable value
@@ -1212,9 +1127,7 @@ void Do_Quit_Mwm (Boolean diedOnRestart)
 	{
 	    if (wmGD.Screens[scr].managed)
 	    {
-#ifdef WSM
 		SaveResources(&wmGD.Screens[scr]);
-#endif /* WSM */
 		pNextEntry = wmGD.Screens[scr].lastClient;
 		while (pNextEntry)
 		{
@@ -1230,16 +1143,10 @@ void Do_Quit_Mwm (Boolean diedOnRestart)
 		}
 	        UnParentControls (&wmGD.Screens[scr], False);
 
-#ifndef WSM
-		XDeleteProperty(DISPLAY, wmGD.Screens[scr].rootWindow,
-				wmGD.xa_MWM_INFO);
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    }
 	}
-#ifdef WSM
 	/* shut down the messaging connection */
 	dtCloseIPC();
-#endif /* WSM */
 	ResignFromSM();
         XSync (DISPLAY, False);
         XCloseDisplay (DISPLAY);
@@ -1286,14 +1193,9 @@ void ReBorderClient (ClientData *pCD, Boolean reMapClient)
 	    (!(reMapClient)))
         {
 	    XUnmapWindow (DISPLAY, pCD->iconWindow);
-#ifdef WSM
 	    XReparentWindow (DISPLAY, pCD->iconWindow, 
 		ROOT_FOR_CLIENT(pCD), pCD->pWsList->iconX, 
 		pCD->pWsList->iconY);
-#else /* WSM */
-	    XReparentWindow (DISPLAY, pCD->iconWindow, 
-		ROOT_FOR_CLIENT(pCD), pCD->iconX, pCD->iconY);
-#endif /* WSM */
         }
 
 	if (!(reMapClient))
@@ -1429,9 +1331,7 @@ static Window FindSomeReasonableClient(void)
 	{
 	    if ((pNextEntry->type != MINIMIZED_STATE) &&
 	        (pCD->clientState != MINIMIZED_STATE) &&
-#ifdef WSM
                 (ClientInWorkspace (ACTIVE_WS, pCD)) &&
-#endif /* WSM */
 	        (pCD != pcdNoFocus))
 	    {
 	        if (pCD->transientChildren)
@@ -1457,12 +1357,8 @@ static Window FindSomeReasonableClient(void)
      * Set the focus window if one is found
      */
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if (pcdLastFocus && 
 	ClientInWorkspace (ACTIVE_WS, pcdLastFocus))
-#else /* WSM */
-    if (pcdLastFocus)
-#endif /* WSM */
       focusWindow = pcdLastFocus->client;
 
     /*
@@ -1478,19 +1374,15 @@ static Window FindSomeReasonableClient(void)
 	{
 	    pCD = pNextEntry->pCD;
 
-#ifdef WSM
           if (ClientInWorkspace (ACTIVE_WS, pCD))
 	  {
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    if ((pNextEntry->type == MINIMIZED_STATE) ||
 	        (pCD->clientState == MINIMIZED_STATE))
 	    {
 		focusWindow = ICON_FRAME_WIN(pCD);
 		break;
 	    }
-#ifdef WSM
 	  }
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    pNextEntry = pNextEntry->nextSibling;
 	}
     }
@@ -1533,15 +1425,11 @@ void Do_Focus_Key (ClientData *pCD, Time focusTime, long flags)
     wmGD.replayEnterEvent = False;
 
     pcdFocus = pCD;
-#ifdef WSM
     /* 
      * Make sure the client is in the current workspace
      */
     if ((pCD) &&
 	(ClientInWorkspace (ACTIVE_WS, pCD)))
-#else /* WSM */
-    if (pCD)
-#endif /* WSM */
     {
 	if (pCD->clientState == MINIMIZED_STATE)
 	{
@@ -1787,8 +1675,6 @@ void Do_Focus_Key (ClientData *pCD, Time focusTime, long flags)
 } /* END OF FUNCTION Do_Focus_Key */
 
 
-#ifdef WSM
-
 /***********************<->*************************************
  *
  *  F_Goto_Workspace (args, pCD, event)
@@ -1851,10 +1737,7 @@ F_Goto_Workspace (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
     return (False);
 }  /* END OF FUNCTION F_Goto_Workspace */
 
-#endif /* WSM */
 
-#ifdef WSM
-
 /******************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  Boolean F_Help (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
@@ -1924,8 +1807,7 @@ F_Help_Mode (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
     return (False);
 }  /* END OF FUNCTION F_Help_Mode */
 
-#endif /* WSM */
+
-
 /******************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  F_Next_Key (args, pCD, event)
@@ -2232,13 +2114,9 @@ F_Push_Recall (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 	    }
 
 	    /* Make this client visible */
-#ifdef WSM
 		    wmGD.bSuspendSecondaryRestack = True;
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    F_Normalize_And_Raise (NULL, pPRCD->pCD, event);
-#ifdef WSM
 		    wmGD.bSuspendSecondaryRestack = False;
-#endif /* WSM */
 	}
 	else 
 	{
@@ -2413,7 +2291,6 @@ Boolean F_Menu (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 	{
 	    flags |= POST_TRAVERSAL_ON;
 	}
-#ifdef WSM
 	/*
 	 * Root menu, if posted with button press, then 
 	 * set up to handle root menu click to make the menu
@@ -2433,7 +2310,6 @@ Boolean F_Menu (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 	    wmGD.hotspotRectangle.width = wmGD.moveThreshold;
 	    wmGD.hotspotRectangle.height = wmGD.moveThreshold;
 	}
-#endif /* WSM */
     }
     else if (event && 
 	((event->type == KeyPress) || (event->type == KeyRelease)))
@@ -2724,13 +2600,9 @@ Boolean F_Normalize_And_Raise (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 				GetEventInverseMask(event));
 
             /* Raise the window and set the keyboard focus to the window */
-#ifdef WSM
 	    wmGD.bSuspendSecondaryRestack = True;
-#endif /* WSM */
             F_Raise (NULL, pCD, (XEvent *)NULL);
-#ifdef WSM
 	    wmGD.bSuspendSecondaryRestack = False;
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    if (wmGD.raiseKeyFocus)
 	    {
 		F_Focus_Key (NULL, pCD,
@@ -2844,13 +2716,9 @@ Boolean F_Restore_And_Raise (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 	    F_Restore (NULL, pCD, event);
 
             /* Raise the window and set the keyboard focus to the window */
-#ifdef WSM
 	    wmGD.bSuspendSecondaryRestack = True;
-#endif /* WSM */
             F_Raise (NULL, pCD, (XEvent *)NULL);
-#ifdef WSM
 	    wmGD.bSuspendSecondaryRestack = False;
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    if (wmGD.raiseKeyFocus)
 	    {
 		F_Focus_Key (NULL, pCD,
@@ -2924,7 +2792,7 @@ Boolean F_Pack_Icons (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 } /* END OF FUNCTION F_Pack_Icons */
 
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  F_Post_RMenu (args, pCD, event)
@@ -2978,7 +2846,7 @@ Boolean F_Post_RMenu (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
     return (False);
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION F_Post_RMenu */
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 
 /*************************************<->*************************************
@@ -3061,7 +2929,6 @@ Boolean F_Post_SMenu (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 	}
 	else if (event->type == ButtonPress)
 	{
-#ifdef WSM
 	    /*
 	     * Root menu, if posted with button press, then 
 	     * set up to handle root menu click to make the menu
@@ -3077,7 +2944,6 @@ Boolean F_Post_SMenu (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 		wmGD.hotspotRectangle.width = wmGD.moveThreshold;
 		wmGD.hotspotRectangle.height = wmGD.moveThreshold;
 	    }
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    PostMenu (pCD->systemMenuSpec, pCD, 
 		event->xbutton.x_root, event->xbutton.y_root,
 	  	event->xbutton.button, menuContext, POST_AT_XY, event);
@@ -3161,7 +3027,6 @@ Boolean F_Kill (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 		SendClientMsg (pCD->client, (long) wmGD.xa_WM_PROTOCOLS,
 		    (long) wmGD.xa_WM_DELETE_WINDOW, CurrentTime, NULL, 0);
 	    }
-#ifdef WSM
 	    /*
 	     * HP does not want to send a client message for both
 	     * delete_window AND save_yourself.  The current OSF
@@ -3169,9 +3034,6 @@ Boolean F_Kill (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 	     * to the behavior of dt 2.01
 	     */
             else if (do_save_yourself)
-#else /* WSM */
-	    if (do_save_yourself)
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    {
 		/*
 		 * Send a WM_SAVE_YOURSELF message and wait for a change to
@@ -3199,8 +3061,6 @@ Boolean F_Kill (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION F_Kill */
 
-#ifdef WSM
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  F_Marquee_Selection (args, pCD, event)
@@ -3267,7 +3127,6 @@ RefreshByClearing (Window win)
 	    XFree((char *)winChildren);
     }
 }
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 /*************************************<->*************************************
@@ -3286,14 +3145,12 @@ Boolean F_Refresh (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 {
     Window win;
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if (wmGD.refreshByClearing)
     {
 	RefreshByClearing (ACTIVE_ROOT);
     }
     else
     {
-#endif /* WSM */
 			 /* default background_pixmap is None */
     win = XCreateWindow (DISPLAY,
 			 ACTIVE_ROOT, 0, 0,
@@ -3310,9 +3167,7 @@ Boolean F_Refresh (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 
     XMapWindow (DISPLAY, win);
     XDestroyWindow (DISPLAY, win);
-#ifdef WSM 
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
     XFlush (DISPLAY);
 
     return (True);
@@ -3362,14 +3217,11 @@ Boolean F_Resize (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 
 Boolean F_Restart (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 {
-#ifdef WSM
     if (args && *args && !strcmp (args, DTWM_REQP_NO_CONFIRM))
     {
 	RestartWm (MWM_INFO_STARTUP_CUSTOM);
     }
-    else
+    else if (wmGD.showFeedback & WM_SHOW_FB_RESTART)
-#endif /* WSM */
-    if (wmGD.showFeedback & WM_SHOW_FB_RESTART)
     {
 	ConfirmAction (ACTIVE_PSD, RESTART_ACTION);
     }
@@ -3435,9 +3287,7 @@ void RestartWm (long startupFlags)
 	     */
 	    
 	    SetMwmInfo (wmGD.Screens[scr].rootWindow, startupFlags, 0);
-#ifdef WSM
 	    SaveResources(&wmGD.Screens[scr]);
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    /*
 	     * Unmap client windows and reparent them to the root window.
 	     */
@@ -3467,10 +3317,8 @@ void RestartWm (long startupFlags)
 	
     }
     
-#ifdef WSM
     /* shut down the messaging connection */
     dtCloseIPC();
-#endif /* WSM */
     ResignFromSM();
 
     /*
@@ -3483,10 +3331,8 @@ void RestartWm (long startupFlags)
     XSetInputFocus (DISPLAY, PointerRoot, RevertToPointerRoot, CurrentTime);
     XSync (DISPLAY, False);
 
-#ifdef WSM
     CLOSE_FILES_ON_EXEC();
     _DtEnvControl(DT_ENV_RESTORE_PRE_DT); 
-#endif /* WSM */
     /*
      * Restart the window manager with the initial arguments plus
      * the restart settings.
@@ -3494,13 +3340,9 @@ void RestartWm (long startupFlags)
 
     execvp (*(wmGD.argv), wmGD.argv);
 
-#ifdef WSM
     Warning (((char *)GETMESSAGE(26, 1, 
 "The window manager restart failed. The window manager program could not \
 be found or could not be executed.")));
-#else /* WSM */
-    Warning ("Cannot restart the window manager");
-#endif /* WSM */
     Do_Quit_Mwm (True);
 
 
@@ -3542,14 +3384,9 @@ void DeFrameClient (ClientData *pCD)
         {
 	    XUnmapWindow (DISPLAY, pCD->iconWindow);
 	    XRemoveFromSaveSet (DISPLAY, pCD->iconWindow);
-#ifdef WSM
 	    XReparentWindow (DISPLAY, pCD->iconWindow, 
 		ROOT_FOR_CLIENT(pCD), pCD->pWsList->iconX, 
 		pCD->pWsList->iconY);
-#else /* WSM */
-	    XReparentWindow (DISPLAY, pCD->iconWindow, 
-		ROOT_FOR_CLIENT(pCD), pCD->iconX, pCD->iconY);
-#endif /* WSM */
         }
 
         if (pCD->maxConfig)
@@ -3831,9 +3668,7 @@ Boolean F_Raise (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
     ClientListEntry *pStackEntry;
     String string = args;
     int flags = STACK_NORMAL;
-#ifdef WSM
 	WmWorkspaceData *pWS = ACTIVE_WS;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     if (string)
     {
@@ -3850,15 +3685,11 @@ Boolean F_Raise (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 						  F_GROUP_ALL)))
 	    {
 		pNextEntry = pEntry->nextSibling;
-#ifdef WSM
 	        if (ClientInWorkspace (pWS, pEntry->pCD))
 		{
-#endif /* WSM */
 		Do_Raise (pEntry->pCD, pStackEntry, STACK_NORMAL);
 		pStackEntry = pEntry;
-#ifdef WSM
 	        }
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    }
 	}
 	/* process family stacking stuff */
@@ -3882,26 +3713,18 @@ Boolean F_Raise (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 		}
 		index += len;
 	    }
-#ifdef WSM
 	    if (ClientInWorkspace (pWS, pCD))
 	    {
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    Do_Raise (pCD, (ClientListEntry *) NULL, flags);
-#ifdef WSM
 	    }
-#endif /* WSM */
 	}
     }
     else if (pCD)
     {
-#ifdef WSM
 	if (ClientInWorkspace (pWS, pCD))
 	{
-#endif /* WSM */
 	Do_Raise (pCD, (ClientListEntry *) NULL, STACK_NORMAL);
-#ifdef WSM
 	}
-#endif /* WSM */
     }
 
     return (True);
@@ -3936,9 +3759,7 @@ void Do_Raise (ClientData *pCD, ClientListEntry *pStackEntry, int flags)
     Boolean restackTransients;
     ClientData *pcdLeader;
     WmWorkspaceData *pWS = ACTIVE_WS;
-#ifdef WSM
     Boolean bLeaderRestacked;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     if (pCD->pECD)
     {
@@ -3948,9 +3769,7 @@ void Do_Raise (ClientData *pCD, ClientListEntry *pStackEntry, int flags)
 	 */
 	return;
     }
-    else 
+    else if (ClientInWorkspace(pWS, pCD)  && 
-#ifdef WSM
-    if (ClientInWorkspace(pWS, pCD)  && 
 	(!pStackEntry || ClientInWorkspace (pWS, pStackEntry->pCD)))
     {
 	/* 
@@ -3971,7 +3790,6 @@ void Do_Raise (ClientData *pCD, ClientListEntry *pStackEntry, int flags)
 	 */
 	return;
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     pcdLeader = (pCD->transientLeader) ? FindTransientTreeLeader (pCD) : pCD;
 
@@ -4024,7 +3842,6 @@ void Do_Raise (ClientData *pCD, ClientListEntry *pStackEntry, int flags)
     }
     else /* NORMAL_STATE, MAXIMIZED_STATE, adoption */
     {
-#ifdef WSM
         /*
 	 * Handle restacking of primary/secondary windows
 	 * within the transient window tree. Don't raise this
@@ -4065,7 +3882,7 @@ void Do_Raise (ClientData *pCD, ClientListEntry *pStackEntry, int flags)
 	    }
 
 	}
-#endif /* WSM */
+
 	/*
 	 * If this is a transient window then put it on top of its
 	 * sibling transient windows.
@@ -4170,11 +3987,7 @@ void Do_Raise (ClientData *pCD, ClientListEntry *pStackEntry, int flags)
   
         /* Restack the transients if needed */
   
-#ifdef WSM
         if ((restackTransients) || (bLeaderRestacked))
-#else /* WSM */
-        if (restackTransients)
-#endif /* WSM */
         {
 	    RestackTransients (pCD);
   	}
@@ -4216,11 +4029,7 @@ Boolean F_Raise_Lower (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 	     * The window is obscured by another window, raise the window.
 	     */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 	    F_Raise (NULL, pCD, (XEvent *)NULL);
-#else /* WSM */
-	    F_Raise (NULL, pcdLeader, (XEvent *)NULL);
-#endif /* WSM */
 	}
 	else if (CheckIfClientObscuringAny (pcdLeader) &&
 	        !(wmGD.systemModalActive &&
@@ -4232,7 +4041,6 @@ Boolean F_Raise_Lower (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 	     */
 
 	    F_Lower (NULL, pcdLeader, (XEvent *)NULL);
-#ifdef WSM
 	    if ((pcdLeader->secondariesOnTop == False) &&
 		(pCD->transientLeader != NULL) &&
 		(!IS_APP_MODALIZED(pcdLeader)))
@@ -4241,9 +4049,7 @@ Boolean F_Raise_Lower (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 		(void) BumpPrimaryToTop (pcdLeader);
 	        RestackTransients (pcdLeader);
 	    }
-#endif /* WSM */
 	}
-#ifdef WSM
         else if ((pcdLeader->secondariesOnTop == False) &&
 		 (pcdLeader->transientChildren != NULL) &&
 		 (!wmGD.systemModalActive) &&
@@ -4263,7 +4069,6 @@ Boolean F_Raise_Lower (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 	        RestackTransients (pcdLeader);
 	    }
 	}
-#endif /* WSM */
     }
 
     return (True);
@@ -4303,14 +4108,12 @@ Boolean F_Refresh_Win (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 	    h = (unsigned int) pCD->maxHeight;
 	}
 
-#ifdef WSM
         if (wmGD.refreshByClearing)
 	{
 	    RefreshByClearing (pCD->clientFrameWin);
 	}
 	else
 	{
-#endif /* WSM */
 			 /* default background_pixmap is None */
         win = XCreateWindow (DISPLAY,
 		         pCD->clientBaseWin,
@@ -4326,9 +4129,7 @@ Boolean F_Refresh_Win (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 
         XMapWindow (DISPLAY, win);
         XDestroyWindow (DISPLAY, win);
-#ifdef WSM
 	}
-#endif /* WSM */
         XFlush (DISPLAY);
     }
 
@@ -4399,8 +4200,6 @@ void Do_Set_Behavior (Boolean dummy)
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION Do_Set_Behavior */
 
-#ifdef WSM
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  F_Set_Context (args, pCD, event)
@@ -4420,7 +4219,6 @@ Boolean F_Set_Context (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
     return (True);
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION F_Set_Context */
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 /*************************************<->*************************************
@@ -4555,7 +4353,7 @@ Boolean F_Screen (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 
 
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  F_InvokeCommand (args, pCD, event)
@@ -4586,7 +4384,7 @@ Boolean F_InvokeCommand (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 
     return (True);
 } /* END OF FUNCTION F_InvokeCommand */
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 
 /*************************************<->*************************************
@@ -4682,7 +4480,7 @@ void ClearDirtyStackEntry (ClientData *pCD)
       dirtyLeader = NULL;
     }
 }
-#if defined(DEBUG) && defined(WSM)
+#if defined(DEBUG)
 
 /***********************<->*************************************
  *
@@ -4744,8 +4542,6 @@ F_ZZ_Debug (String subFcn, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event)
 }
 #endif /* DEBUG */
 
-#ifdef WSM
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  F_Next_Workspace (args, pCD, event)
@@ -4882,7 +4678,3 @@ DumpWindowList ()
 }
 #endif /* DEBUG */
 
-#endif /* WSM */
-
-
-

cde/programs/dtwm/WmFunction.h

@@ -31,9 +31,7 @@
  * (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY */
 
 
-#ifdef WSM
 extern Boolean F_Action (String actionName, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
-#endif /* WSM */
 extern Boolean F_Beep (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
 extern Boolean F_Lower (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
 extern void Do_Lower (ClientData *pCD, ClientListEntry *pStackEntry, int flags);
@@ -45,18 +43,14 @@ extern Boolean F_Quit_Mwm (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
 extern void Do_Quit_Mwm (Boolean diedOnRestart);
 extern Boolean F_Focus_Key (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
 extern void Do_Focus_Key (ClientData *pCD, Time focusTime, long flags);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern Boolean F_Goto_Workspace (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
 extern Boolean F_Help (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
 extern Boolean F_Help_Mode (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
-#endif /* WSM */
 extern Boolean F_Next_Key (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
 extern Boolean F_Prev_Cmap (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
 extern Boolean F_Prev_Key (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
 extern Boolean F_Pass_Key (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern Boolean F_Marquee_Selection (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
-#endif /* WSM */
 extern Boolean F_Maximize (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
 extern Boolean F_Menu (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
 extern Boolean F_Minimize (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
@@ -80,9 +74,7 @@ extern Boolean F_Restore_And_Raise (String args, ClientData *pCD,
 extern void Do_Restart (Boolean dummy);
 extern void RestartWm (long startupFlags);
 extern void DeFrameClient (ClientData *pCD);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern Boolean F_Send (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
-#endif /* WSM */
 extern Boolean F_Send_Msg (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
 extern Boolean F_Separator (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
 extern Boolean F_Raise (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
@@ -90,16 +82,13 @@ extern void Do_Raise (ClientData *pCD, ClientListEntry *pStackEntry, int flags);
 extern Boolean F_Raise_Lower (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
 extern Boolean F_Refresh_Win (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
 extern Boolean F_Set_Behavior (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern Boolean F_Set_Context (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
-#endif
 extern void Do_Set_Behavior (Boolean dummy);
 extern Boolean F_Title (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
 extern Boolean F_Screen (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
 extern Boolean F_Toggle_Front_Panel (String args, ClientData *pCD, 
 				     XEvent *event);
 extern Boolean F_Version (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern Boolean F_Next_Workspace (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
 extern Boolean F_Prev_Workspace (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
 extern Boolean F_Workspace_Presence (String args, ClientData *pCD, 
@@ -107,11 +96,10 @@ extern Boolean F_Workspace_Presence (String args, ClientData *pCD,
 #if defined(DEBUG)
 extern Boolean F_ZZ_Debug (String, ClientData *, XEvent *);
 #endif /* DEBUG */
-#endif /* WSM */
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 extern Boolean F_InvokeCommand (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
 extern Boolean F_Post_RMenu (String args, ClientData *pCD, XEvent *event);
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 extern Time GetFunctionTimestamp (XButtonEvent *pEvent);
 extern void ReBorderClient (ClientData *pCD, Boolean reMapClient);
 extern void ClearDirtyStackEntry (ClientData *pCD);	/* Fix for 5325 */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmGlobal.h

@@ -59,14 +59,12 @@
 #include <X11/StringDefs.h>
 #include <Xm/MwmUtil.h>
 #include <Xm/Xm.h>
-#ifdef WSM
 #include <Xm/ColorObjP.h>
 #include <Dt/Service.h>
 #include <Dt/Wsm.h>
 #include <Dt/WsmP.h>
 #include "WmParse.h"
 #include <Dt/Action.h>
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 #if defined(sun) && defined(ALLPLANES)
 #include <X11/extensions/allplanes.h>
@@ -79,7 +77,6 @@
 #ifdef MOTIF_ONE_DOT_ONE
 #define XmFONTLIST_DEFAULT_TAG	"XmSTRING_DEFAULT_CHARSET"
 #endif
-#ifdef WSM
 
 extern int WmIdentity;
 
@@ -89,13 +86,11 @@ extern int WmIdentity;
 #define CSERVE_NORMAL		   0
 #define CSERVE_NOT_AVAILABLE       1
 #define CSERVE_FAILURE             2
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 /* window manager name and class used to get resources: */
 #define	WM_RESOURCE_CLASS	"Mwm"
 #define WM_RESOURCE_NAME	"mwm"
 
-#ifdef WSM
 #define	DT_WM_RESOURCE_CLASS	"Dtwm"
 #define DT_WM_RESOURCE_NAME	"dtwm"
 
@@ -117,18 +112,14 @@ extern Pixel		FPselectcolor;
 #define MwmBehavior		(WmIdentity == MWM)
 #define DtwmBehavior		(WmIdentity == DT_MWM)
 
-#else
-#define MwmBehavior		(True)
-
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 /* ICCC atom names: */
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 # define _XA_TARGETS		"TARGETS"
 # define _XA_MULTIPLE		"MULTIPLE"
 # define _XA_TIMESTAMP		"TIMESTAMP"
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 #define _XA_WM_STATE		"WM_STATE"
 #define _XA_WM_PROTOCOLS	"WM_PROTOCOLS"
@@ -138,7 +129,7 @@ extern Pixel		FPselectcolor;
 #define _XA_WM_TAKE_FOCUS	"WM_TAKE_FOCUS"
 #define _XA_WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS	"WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS"
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 /* original set of query targets */
 # define _XA_MOTIF_WM_CLIENT_WINDOW		"_MOTIF_WM_CLIENT_WINDOW"
 # define _XA_MOTIF_WM_POINTER_WINDOW		"_MOTIF_WM_POINTER_WINDOW"
@@ -157,7 +148,7 @@ extern Pixel		FPselectcolor;
 
 /* automation support */
 # define _XA_MOTIF_WM_AUTOMATION 		"_MOTIF_WM_AUTOMATION"
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 /* window manager exit value on fatal errors: */
 #define WM_ERROR_EXIT_VALUE	1
@@ -193,12 +184,8 @@ extern Pixel		FPselectcolor;
 #define MANAGEW_CONFIRM_BOX	(1L << 4)
 #define MANAGEW_WM_RESTART_ICON	(1L << 5)
 
-#ifdef WSM
 #define MANAGEW_WM_CLIENTS	(MANAGEW_ICON_BOX | \
 				 MANAGEW_CONFIRM_BOX )
-#else /* WSM */
-#define MANAGEW_WM_CLIENTS	(MANAGEW_ICON_BOX | MANAGEW_CONFIRM_BOX)
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 /* keyboard input focus flag values (for calls to SetKeyboardFocus) */
 #define ALWAYS_SET_FOCUS	(1L << 0)
@@ -228,11 +215,7 @@ extern Pixel		FPselectcolor;
 #define TEXT_HEIGHT(pfs) (((pfs)->ascent)+((pfs)->descent))
 
 /* icon frame shadow widths */
-#ifdef WSM
 #define ICON_EXTERNAL_SHADOW_WIDTH	(wmGD.iconExternalShadowWidth)
-#else /* WSM */
-#define ICON_EXTERNAL_SHADOW_WIDTH	2
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define ICON_INTERNAL_SHADOW_WIDTH	1
 
 /* padding widths */
@@ -281,11 +264,7 @@ extern Pixel		FPselectcolor;
 
 
 /* client frame shadow widths */
-#ifdef WSM
 #define FRAME_EXTERNAL_SHADOW_WIDTH	(wmGD.frameExternalShadowWidth)
-#else /* WSM */
-#define FRAME_EXTERNAL_SHADOW_WIDTH	2
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define FRAME_INTERNAL_SHADOW_WIDTH	1
 #define FRAME_CLIENT_SHADOW_WIDTH	1
 #define FRAME_MATTE_SHADOW_WIDTH	1
@@ -314,14 +293,12 @@ extern Pixel		FPselectcolor;
 
 #define STRETCH_COUNT		8
 
-#ifdef WSM
 
 /* Workspace allocation granularity */
 #define WS_ALLOC_AMOUNT			8
 
 /* Window list allocation granularity */
 #define WINDOW_ALLOC_AMOUNT		16
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 /* function flag masks */
 #define WM_FUNC_DEFAULT		MWM_FUNC_ALL
@@ -354,13 +331,11 @@ extern Pixel		FPselectcolor;
 #define WM_FUNC_PANEL_DEFAULT	(MWM_FUNC_MOVE | MWM_FUNC_MINIMIZE)
 #define WM_FUNC_SUBPANEL_DEFAULT (MWM_FUNC_MOVE | MWM_FUNC_MINIMIZE|\
 				MWM_FUNC_CLOSE)
-#ifdef WSM
 /* workspace controller definitions */
 #define CONTROL_BOX_FUNCTIONS	(MWM_FUNC_MOVE)
 
 /* workspace presence definitions */
 #define PRESENCE_BOX_FUNCTIONS	(MWM_FUNC_MOVE)
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 /* show feedback definitions */
 #define WM_SHOW_FB_BEHAVIOR	(1L << 0)
@@ -380,7 +355,6 @@ extern Pixel		FPselectcolor;
 
 #define WM_SHOW_FB_DEFAULT	WM_SHOW_FB_ALL
 
-#ifdef WSM
 /* flags identifying resources to save */
 
 #define WM_RES_WORKSPACE_LIST		(1L << 0)
@@ -391,7 +365,6 @@ extern Pixel		FPselectcolor;
 #define WM_RES_ICONBOX_GEOMETRY      	(1L << 5)
 #define WM_RES_WORKSPACE_COUNT		(1L << 6)
 
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 
@@ -433,9 +406,7 @@ typedef struct _WmColorData
 
 } WmColorData;
 
-#ifdef WSM
 typedef Atom WorkspaceID;
-#endif
 
 
 /*************************************<->*************************************
@@ -496,9 +467,7 @@ typedef struct _ButtonSpec
 #define F_CONTEXT_NORMAL	(1L << 2)
 #define F_CONTEXT_MAXIMIZE	(1L << 3)
 #define F_CONTEXT_ICONBOX	(1L << 4)
-#ifdef WSM
 #define F_CONTEXT_IFKEY		(1L << 7)
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define F_CONTEXT_WINDOW	(F_CONTEXT_NORMAL|F_CONTEXT_MAXIMIZE)
 #define F_CONTEXT_ALL		(F_CONTEXT_ROOT|F_CONTEXT_ICON|F_CONTEXT_WINDOW)
 
@@ -535,9 +504,7 @@ typedef struct _ButtonSpec
 #define FRAME_NBORDER		14
 #define FRAME_MATTE		15
 #define FRAME_MISC		FRAME_MATTE
-#ifdef WSM
 #define FRAME_TITLEBAR		17
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 /* icon part contexts */
 #define ICON_PART_NONE		0
@@ -629,9 +596,7 @@ typedef struct _ClickData
 {
     Boolean	clickPending;
     Boolean	doubleClickPending;
-#ifdef WSM
     Boolean	bReplayed;
-#endif /* WSM */
     unsigned int button;
     unsigned int state;
     unsigned int releaseState;
@@ -677,8 +642,7 @@ typedef struct _Gadget_Rectangle
 #define F_GROUP_ALL		(F_GROUP_DEFAULT | F_GROUP_TRANSIENT)
 #define F_GROUP_GROUP		(1L << 3)
 
-#ifdef WSM
+
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  Workspace data structures ...
@@ -783,9 +747,7 @@ typedef struct _SessionGeom
 #define  SM_START_ACK			 1
 #define  SM_STOP_ACK                	 2
 
-#endif /* WSM */
 
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  Menu specification data structures ...
@@ -801,7 +763,7 @@ typedef struct _SessionGeom
  *
  *************************************<->***********************************/
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 /*
  * Used to denote where the separators belong in a pair of separators
  * used to surround a client command.
@@ -813,7 +775,7 @@ enum { TOP_SEPARATOR, BOTTOM_SEPARATOR };
  * Used to denote what kind of change to make to a client command. 
  */
 typedef enum { ENABLE, DISABLE, REMOVE, RENAME } CmdModifier;
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 typedef struct _MenuItem
 {
@@ -828,16 +790,15 @@ typedef struct _MenuItem
     String	 wmFuncArgs;
     Context	 greyedContext;
     long         mgtMask;
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
     String       clientCommandName; /* as specified by the user in
 				       his .mwmrc file. */
     CARD32	 clientCommandID;
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
     struct _MenuItem *nextMenuItem;
 
 } MenuItem;
 
-#ifdef WSM
 
 /*
  * We use the top part of mgtMask for workspace function bits.
@@ -848,7 +809,6 @@ typedef struct _MenuItem
 #define MWM_MGT_MASK	0x0000FFFF
 #define DTWM_MGT_MASK	0xFFFF0000
 
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 typedef struct _MenuButton
 {
@@ -858,13 +818,13 @@ typedef struct _MenuButton
 
 } MenuButton;
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 typedef struct _MenuExclusion
 {
   String                 command_string;
   struct _MenuExclusion *nextExclusion;
 } MenuExclusion;
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 typedef struct _MenuSpec
 {
@@ -880,20 +840,20 @@ typedef struct _MenuSpec
     Context	  accelContext;    /* accelerator context */
     KeySpec	 *accelKeySpecs;   /* list of accelerator KeySpecs */
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
     MenuExclusion *exclusions;      /* list of client commands to be
 				       excluded from this menu. */
     Boolean        clientLocal;     /* this menu is owned by a client and not 
 				       shared with any other clients */
     CARD32         commandID;       /* if this is a client command, then this
 				       its id value - globally unique. */
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
     struct _MenuSpec *nextMenuSpec;
 
 } MenuSpec;
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 /* The range to which a client command operation should apply. */
 typedef enum { SINGLE, ROOT, ALL } OpRange;
 
@@ -919,7 +879,7 @@ typedef struct _matchlist {
     struct _matchlist *next;
 
 } MatchList;
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 
 /*************************************<->*************************************
@@ -1140,9 +1100,7 @@ typedef struct _IconBoxData
     int		currentCol;
     int		lastRow;
     int		lastCol;
-#ifdef WSM
     WorkspaceID		wsID;		/* workspace identifier */
-#endif /* WSM */
     struct _ClientData	*pCD_iconBox;	/* ptr to its own clientdata */
     struct _IconBoxData *pNextIconBox;	/* ptr to next icon box */
     struct _IconPlacementData IPD;	/* icon placement data */
@@ -1271,24 +1229,20 @@ typedef struct _WmScreenData
     Window	rootWindow;
     Widget	screenTopLevelW;
     Widget	screenTopLevelW1;       /* for internal WM components */
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
     Widget	utmShell;		/* DrawingArea used for UTM */
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
     Widget      confirmboxW[4];
     Widget	wPanelist;		/* panel object */
-#ifdef WSM
     WsPresenceData	presence;	/* workspace presence dialog*/
     Widget	switcherW;		/* workspace switcher */
     Widget	switcherShellW;		/* shell for ws switcher */
-#endif /* WSM */
     Window	wmWorkspaceWin;		/* holds wm properties */
     Window	feedbackWin;
     Window	activeIconTextWin;
     Window	activeLabelParent;
     String	displayString;		/* used for putenv in F_Exec */
-#ifdef WSM
     int displayResolutionType;
-#endif /* WSM */
     struct _WmFpEmbeddedClientData  *pECD; /* clients living in front panel */
     int		numEmbeddedClients;
     struct _WmFpPushRecallClientData  *pPRCD; /* push_recall clients */
@@ -1303,12 +1257,10 @@ typedef struct _WmScreenData
     Colormap	workspaceColormap;
     Colormap	lastInstalledColormap;
     struct _WmWorkspaceData	*pActiveWS;	/* for this screen */
-#ifdef WSM
     struct _WmWorkspaceData	*pLastWS;	/* previously active WS */
-#endif /* WSM */
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
     CmdTree     *cciTree;               /* pointer to cci definitions */
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
     /* per screen caches */
     BitmapCache *bitmapCache;
@@ -1331,14 +1283,11 @@ typedef struct _WmScreenData
     GC		fadeIconGC;
     GC		fadeIconTextGC;
 
-#ifdef WSM
-    
     /* per screen configuration outline windows */
     Window	woN;		/* North outline window */
     Window	woS;		/* South outline window */
     Window	woE;		/* East outline window */
     Window	woW;		/* West outline window */
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /* per screen feedback data */
     unsigned long fbStyle;
@@ -1359,9 +1308,9 @@ typedef struct _WmScreenData
     int     actionNbr;
 
     /* resource description file data: */
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
     String	rootMenu;			/* resource */
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
     String	buttonBindings;			/* resource */
     ButtonSpec	*buttonSpecs;
     String	keyBindings;			/* resource */
@@ -1381,9 +1330,6 @@ typedef struct _WmScreenData
     Boolean	decoupleTitleAppearance;	/* see clientTitleAppearance */
     int		frameBorderWidth;		/* resource */
     String	feedbackGeometry;		/* resource */
-#ifndef WSM
-    String	iconBoxGeometry;		/* resource */
-#endif /* WSM */
     String	iconBoxName;			/* resource */
     String      iconBoxSBDisplayPolicy;         /* resource */
     int		iconBoxScheme;			/* resource - testing */
@@ -1402,8 +1348,6 @@ typedef struct _WmScreenData
     Boolean	iconBoxControl;			/* FP control for icon box */
     Boolean     moveOpaque;                     /* move window not outlines */
 
-#ifdef WSM
-
     /* pixel set info (from color object) */
     XmPixelSet	*pPixelData;		/* all pixel data */
     XmPixelSet	*pActivePixelSet;	/* ptr into pPixelData */
@@ -1412,7 +1356,6 @@ typedef struct _WmScreenData
     XmPixelSet	*pSecondaryPixelSet;	/* ptr into pPixelData */
     XmPixelSet	*pTextPixelSet;		/* ptr into pPixelData */
     int		colorUse;		/* indication from color obj */
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /* client frame component appearance resources and data: */
 
@@ -1437,7 +1380,6 @@ typedef struct _WmScreenData
     ClientListEntry 	*clientList;
     ClientListEntry 	*lastClient;
 
-#ifdef WSM
     /* DtSessionHints for clients */
     struct _DtSessionItem     *pDtSessionItems;
     int                        totalSessionItems;
@@ -1457,12 +1399,6 @@ typedef struct _WmScreenData
     DtSvcHandle	hWsm;		/* WORKSPACEMGR message handle */
     Boolean	bMarqueeSelectionInitialized;
 
-#else /* WSM */
-    /* workspace for this screen */
-
-    struct _WmWorkspaceData	*pWS;
-#endif /* WSM */
-
 } WmScreenData;
 
 typedef struct _WmScreenData *PtrScreenData;
@@ -1494,21 +1430,12 @@ typedef struct _WmScreenData *PtrScreenData;
 #define FADE_ICON_GC(pcd) ((pcd)->pSD->fadeIconGC)
 #define FADE_ICON_TEXT_GC(pcd) ((pcd)->pSD->fadeIconTextGC)
 #define DEFAULT_PIXMAP(pcd) ((pcd)->pSD->defaultPixmap)
-#ifdef WSM
 #define ICON_PLACE(pcd) ((pcd)->pWsList[(pcd)->currentWsc].iconPlace)
 #define ICON_X(pcd) ((pcd)->pWsList[(pcd)->currentWsc].iconX)
 #define ICON_Y(pcd) ((pcd)->pWsList[(pcd)->currentWsc].iconY)
 #define P_ICON_BOX(pcd) ((pcd)->pWsList[(pcd)->currentWsc].pIconBox)
 #define ICON_FRAME_WIN(pcd) ((pcd)->pWsList[(pcd)->currentWsc].iconFrameWin)
-#else /* WSM */
-#define ICON_PLACE(pcd) ((pcd)->iconPlace)
-#define ICON_X(pcd) ((pcd)->iconX)
-#define ICON_Y(pcd) ((pcd)->iconY)
-#define P_ICON_BOX(pcd) ((pcd)->pIconBox)
-#define ICON_FRAME_WIN(pcd) ((pcd)->iconFrameWin)
-#endif /* WSM */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 /*
  * Definitions for Screen data
  */
@@ -1589,7 +1516,6 @@ typedef struct _WmActionArg {
     String	  szExecParms;
 } WmActionArg;
 
-#endif /* WSM */
  
 
 
@@ -1610,14 +1536,12 @@ typedef struct _WmWorkspaceData
 {
     int			dataType;
 
-#ifdef WSM
     WorkspaceID		id;
     int         	map_state;
     BackdropData	backdrop;
     Widget		buttonW;
     XmString		title;		/* resource (visible name) */
     String	        iconBoxGeometry;/* resource */
-#endif /* WSM */
     String		name;		/* workspace name */
 					/* (used for resource fetching) */
 
@@ -1631,11 +1555,9 @@ typedef struct _WmWorkspaceData
 
     struct _ClientData	*keyboardFocus;	/* ptr to client with the key focus */
     struct _ClientData	*nextKeyboardFocus; /* next client to get focus */
-#ifdef WSM
     struct _ClientData **ppClients;	/* list of client data ptrs */
     unsigned int	numClients; 	/* number of client in list */
     unsigned int	sizeClientList;	/* size of client list */
-#endif  /* WSM */
 
 } WmWorkspaceData;
 
@@ -1665,9 +1587,6 @@ typedef struct _WmWorkspaceData *PtrWorkspaceData;
 
 #define ACTIVE_LABEL_PARENT(pcd) ((pcd)->pSD->activeLabelParent)
 
-#ifndef WSM
-#define ICON_BOX_GEOMETRY(pcd) ((pcd)->pSD->iconBoxGeometry)
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define ICON_BOX_TITLE(pcd) ((pcd)->pSD->iconBoxTitle)
 
 #define TRANSIENT_DECORATION(pcd) ((pcd)->pSD->transientDecoration)
@@ -1707,10 +1626,8 @@ typedef struct _ClientData
     int		wmUnmapCount;
     struct _WmFpEmbeddedClientData  *pECD; /* embedded client data */
     struct _WmFpPushRecallClientData  *pPRCD; /* embedded client data */
-#ifdef WSM
     Atom *	paInitialProperties;	/* initial window properties */
     int		numInitialProperties;	/* number of initial properties */
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /* client supported protocols: */
 
@@ -1740,9 +1657,6 @@ typedef struct _ClientData
 #ifndef NO_OL_COMPAT
     Boolean	bPseudoTransient;		/* transientFor window group */
 #endif /* NO_OL_COMPAT */
-#ifndef WSM
-    IconBoxData *pIconBox;			/* icon box for this win */
-#endif /* WSM */
     IconBoxData *thisIconBox;			/* icon box data for self */
     						/*   if this is an icon box */
     Context    grabContext;                     /* used to support icon box */
@@ -1751,10 +1665,8 @@ typedef struct _ClientData
     struct _ClientData *transientLeader;	/* trans leader of this win */
     struct _ClientData *transientChildren;	/* transients of this win */
     struct _ClientData *transientSiblings;	/* related transient win's */
-#ifdef WSM
     int		primaryStackPosition;		/* stack pos'n of primary */
     Boolean	secondariesOnTop;		/* resource */
-#endif /* WSM */
     int		primaryModalCount;		/* primary modal win count */
     int		fullModalCount;			/* full modal win count */
 
@@ -1860,12 +1772,6 @@ typedef struct _ClientData
 
     long	iconFlags;
     XmString	iconTitle;			/* WM_ICON_NAME field */
-#ifndef WSM
-    int		iconX;				/* WM_HINTS field */
-    int		iconY;				/* WM_HINTS field */
-    int		iconPlace;
-    Window	iconFrameWin;
-#endif /* WSM */
     Pixmap	iconPixmap;			/* WM_HINTS field */
     Pixmap	iconMask;			/* WM_HINTS field */
     Window	iconWindow;			/* WM_HINTS field */
@@ -1874,7 +1780,6 @@ typedef struct _ClientData
     						/* to reflect the 	*/
     RList	*piconBottomShadows;		/* depressed icon image */
 
-#ifdef WSM
     /* workspace data */
 
     int         absentMapBehavior;              /* resource */
@@ -1890,7 +1795,6 @@ typedef struct _ClientData
     Window	attachWindow;		/* _DT_WM_HINTS */
     SlideDirection	slideDirection;	/* slide-up direction */
     SlideOutRec	*pSOR;			/* slide-out record */
-#endif /* WSM */
 #ifndef NO_SHAPE
     short       wShaped;                /* this window has a bounding shape */
 #endif /* NO_SHAPE  */
@@ -1921,15 +1825,13 @@ typedef struct _ClientData *PtrClientData;
 #define NORMAL_STATE		1
 #define MINIMIZED_STATE		2
 #define MAXIMIZED_STATE		3
-#ifdef WSM
 #define UNSEEN_STATE            8
-#endif /* WSM */
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 # define NO_CHANGE              -1
 # define UNSET                   0
 # define SET                     1
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 /* clientFlags field values: */
 #define CLIENT_HINTS_TITLE		(1L << 0)
@@ -1948,9 +1850,7 @@ typedef struct _ClientData *PtrClientData;
 
 #define FRONT_PANEL_BOX                 (1L << 14)  /* a DT 3.0 front panel */
 #define GOT_DT_WM_HINTS		(1L << 15)
-#ifdef WSM
 #define SM_LAUNCHED                     (1L << 17) /* launched by dtsession */
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 #define SM_X                     	(1L << 18) /* X from DB/dtsession */
 #define SM_Y                     	(1L << 19) /* Y from DB/dtsession */
@@ -1991,8 +1891,7 @@ typedef struct _ClientData *PtrClientData;
 /* global return buffer */
 #define MAXWMPATH				1023
 #define MAXBUF				(MAXWMPATH+1)
-#ifdef WSM
+
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  WsClientData
@@ -2015,7 +1914,6 @@ typedef struct _WsClientData
 
 } WsClientData;
 
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 /*
  * frame style types
@@ -2047,9 +1945,7 @@ typedef struct _WmGlobalData
     char	**environ;		/* environment vector */	
     char	*mwmName;		/* name of our executable */
     Widget	topLevelW;
-#ifdef WSM
     Widget	topLevelW1;             /* from which WM components hang */
-#endif /* WSM */
     Boolean     confirmDialogMapped;    /* confirm dialog is mapped */
     XtAppContext	mwmAppContext;	/* application context for mwm */
     XContext	windowContextType;	/* window context for XSaveContext */
@@ -2057,21 +1953,17 @@ typedef struct _WmGlobalData
 #ifndef	IBM_169380
     XContext  cmapWindowContextType;  /* list of pCD's in WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS                                              context for XSaveContext */
 #endif
-#ifdef WSM
     XContext	mwmWindowContextType;	/* mwm win context for XSaveContext */
     Window      dtSmWindow;            /* used for contention management */
     Window      commandWindow;          /* WM_SAVE_YOURSELF win for dtwm */
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /* presentation resource id's: */
 
     String	displayString;		/* used for putenv in F_Exec */
     Display	*display;		/* display we are running to */
-#ifdef WSM
     Display	*display1;		/* second display connection */
     int         statusColorServer;      /* CSERVE_NORMAL, CSERVE_NOT_AVAILABLE */
     DtWmpParseBuf	*pWmPB;		/* global parse buffer */
-#endif /* WSM */
     int		numScreens;		/* number of screens */
     unsigned char	**screenNames;	/* default names for screens */
     WmScreenData	*Screens;	/* array of screen info */
@@ -2136,10 +2028,6 @@ typedef struct _WmGlobalData
 
     /* Resource database used to restore client geometries, etc. */
     XrmDatabase clientResourceDB;
-#ifndef WSM
-    char	*dbFileName;
-    String	sessionClientDB;		/* resource */
-#endif
 
     /* atoms used in inter-client communication: */
 
@@ -2156,7 +2044,7 @@ typedef struct _WmGlobalData
     Atom	xa_MWM_INFO;
     Atom	xa_MWM_OFFSET;
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
     Atom       *xa_WM;
 
     Atom	xa_TARGETS;
@@ -2181,7 +2069,7 @@ typedef struct _WmGlobalData
 
     /* automation support */
     Atom        _MOTIF_WM_AUTOMATION;
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
     Atom	xa_MOTIF_BINDINGS;
     Atom	xa_COMPOUND_TEXT;
@@ -2189,8 +2077,6 @@ typedef struct _WmGlobalData
     Atom	xa_WMSAVE_HINT;
 
 
-#ifdef WSM
-
     /* atoms used for workspace management: */
 
     Atom	xa_DT_WORKSPACE_HINTS;
@@ -2211,7 +2097,7 @@ typedef struct _WmGlobalData
     Atom        xa_DT_WM_EXIT_SESSION;
     Atom        xa_DT_WM_LOCK_DISPLAY;
     Atom        xa_DT_WM_READY;
-#endif /* WSM */
+
 #ifndef NO_OL_COMPAT
     Atom	xa_OL_WIN_ATTR;
     Atom	xa_OL_DECOR_RESIZE;
@@ -2236,23 +2122,17 @@ typedef struct _WmGlobalData
     Boolean	autoKeyFocus;			/* resource */
     int		autoRaiseDelay;			/* resource */
     String	bitmapDirectory;		/* resource */
-#ifdef WSM
     String	backdropDirs;			/* resource */
-#endif /* WSM */
     Boolean	clientAutoPlace;		/* resource */
     int		colormapFocusPolicy;		/* resource */
     String	configFile;			/* resource */
-#ifdef WSM
     String	cppCommand;			/* resource */
-#endif /* WSM */
     Boolean	deiconifyKeyFocus;		/* resource */
     int		doubleClickTime;		/* resource */
     Boolean	enableWarp;			/* resource */
     Boolean	enforceKeyFocus;		/* resource */
     Boolean	freezeOnConfig;			/* resource - testing */
-#ifdef WSM
     Boolean	useWindowOutline;		/* resource */
-#endif /* WSM */
     Boolean	iconAutoPlace;			/* resource */
     Boolean	iconClick;			/* resource */
     Boolean	interactivePlacement;		/* resource */
@@ -2269,26 +2149,21 @@ typedef struct _WmGlobalData
     Boolean     multiScreen;                  	/* resource */
     String	screenList;			/* resource */
     int		showFeedback;			/* resource */
-#ifdef WSM
     Boolean	refreshByClearing;		/* resource */
     Boolean	rootButtonClick;		/* resource */
-#endif /* WSM */
     Boolean	startupKeyFocus;		/* resource */
     Boolean	systemButtonClick;		/* resource */
     Boolean	systemButtonClick2;		/* resource */
     Boolean	useLargeCursors;
     Boolean	useFrontPanel;			/* resource */
-#ifdef WSM
     String      helpDirectory;		        /* resource */
     Window	requestContextWin;		/* for WmRequest f.fcns */
-#endif /* WSM */
     Boolean     dtLite;                        /* resource */
     Boolean     blinkOnExec;                    /* resource */
     WmScreenData *dtSD; /* screen for front panel */
     int         iSlideUpsInProgress;
     Boolean	waitForClicks;			/* resource */
     FrameStyle	frameStyle;			/* resource */
-#ifdef WSM
     Dimension	iconExternalShadowWidth;	/* resource */
     Dimension	frameExternalShadowWidth;	/* resource */
     int		marqueeSelectGranularity;	/* resource */
@@ -2297,7 +2172,6 @@ typedef struct _WmGlobalData
     Boolean	bReplayedButton;		/* true if button replayed */
     Boolean	bSuspendSecondaryRestack;	/* overrides transient
 						   stacking */
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     XmString	clientDefaultTitle;
     XmString	iconDefaultTitle;
@@ -2329,9 +2203,7 @@ typedef struct _WmGlobalData
 
 /* quick references to global data: */
 #define DISPLAY		wmGD.display
-#ifdef WSM
 #define DISPLAY1	wmGD.display1
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define ACTIVE_PSD	(wmGD.pActiveSD)
 #define ACTIVE_SCREEN	(wmGD.pActiveSD->screen)
 #define ACTIVE_WS	(wmGD.pActiveSD->pActiveWS)
@@ -2341,12 +2213,10 @@ typedef struct _WmGlobalData
 /* According to the xkb protocol bits 13 and 14 are interpreted as a  */
 /* two-bit unsigned numeric value and report the state keyboard group */
 #define NOLOCKMOD(state)  ((state) & ~wmGD.lockingModMask & ~(3 << 13))
-#ifdef WSM
 /* absent map behavior policy values (absentMapBehavior): */
 #define AMAP_BEHAVIOR_ADD       0
 #define AMAP_BEHAVIOR_MOVE      1
 #define AMAP_BEHAVIOR_IGNORE    2 
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 /* colormap focus policy values (colormapFocus): */
 #define CMAP_FOCUS_EXPLICIT	0
@@ -2399,9 +2269,7 @@ typedef struct _WmGlobalData
 #define MOVE_CLIENT			1
 #define RESIZE_CLIENT			2
 #define PLACE_CLIENT			3
-#ifdef WSM
 #define MARQUEE_SELECT			4
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 /* Motif input bindings file name */
 #define MOTIF_BINDINGS_FILE		".motifbind"
@@ -2486,12 +2354,8 @@ extern char *_DtGetMessage(char *filename, int set, int n, char *s);
 # else  /* __ultrix */
 #  define _CLIENT_CAT_NAME "dtwm"
 # endif /* __ultrix */
-# ifdef WSM
 # define GETMESSAGE(set, number, string)\
     _DtGetMessage(_CLIENT_CAT_NAME, set, number, string)
-# else
-#  define GETMESSAGE(set, number, string) (string)
-# endif /* WSM */
 #else
 # define GETMESSAGE(set, number, string)\
     string

cde/programs/dtwm/WmGraphics.c

@@ -1110,42 +1110,22 @@ void WmDrawString (Display *dpy, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y, char *string,
  *    B/W displays.
  *			
  *************************************<->***********************************/
-#ifdef WSM
 void WmDrawXmString (Display *dpy, Window w, XmFontList xmfontlist, 
 		     XmString xmstring, GC gc, Position x, Position y, 
 		     Dimension width,  XRectangle *pbox, Boolean bCenter)
-#else /* WSM */
-void WmDrawXmString (Display *dpy, Window w, XmFontList xmfontlist, 
-		     XmString xmstring, GC gc, Position x, Position y, 
-		     Dimension width,  XRectangle *pbox)
-#endif /* WSM */
 {
     Dimension textWidth;
-#ifdef WSM
     int alignment;
-#else /* WSM */
-    int alignment = XmALIGNMENT_BEGINNING;
-#endif /* WSM */
     
 
     textWidth = XmStringWidth(xmfontlist, xmstring);
 
-#ifdef WSM
     alignment = bCenter ? XmALIGNMENT_CENTER : XmALIGNMENT_BEGINNING;
 
     if (textWidth >= pbox->width)  /* can't center text if no room */
     {                              /* left justify & clip text */
 	alignment = XmALIGNMENT_BEGINNING;
     }
-#else /* WSM */
-    if (textWidth < pbox->width) {      /* center text if there's room */
-	alignment = XmALIGNMENT_CENTER;
-    }
-    else 
-    {                              /* left justify & clip text */
-	alignment = XmALIGNMENT_BEGINNING;
-    }
-#endif /* WSM */
     
     if (ACTIVE_PSD->cleanText)
     {
@@ -1160,8 +1140,6 @@ void WmDrawXmString (Display *dpy, Window w, XmFontList xmfontlist,
     }
 } /* END OF FUNCTION WmDrawXmString */
 
-#ifdef WSM
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  WmInstallBitmapIntoXmCache (pchName, bitmap, width, height)
@@ -1258,4 +1236,3 @@ void WmInstallBitmapDataIntoXmCache (WmScreenData *pSD,
     }
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION WmInstallBitmapDataIntoXmCache */
-#endif /* WSM */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmGraphics.h

@@ -52,16 +52,10 @@ extern void StretcherCorner (RList *prTop, RList *prBot, int x, int y,
 			     unsigned int cwidth, unsigned int cheight);
 extern void WmDrawString (Display *dpy, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y, 
 			  char *string, unsigned int length);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern void WmDrawXmString (Display *dpy, Window w, XmFontList xmfontlist, 
 			    XmString xmstring, GC gc, Position x, Position y, 
 			    Dimension width, XRectangle *pbox,
 			    Boolean bCenter);
-#else /* WSM */
-extern void WmDrawXmString (Display *dpy, Window w, XmFontList xmfontlist, 
-			    XmString xmstring, GC gc, Position x, Position y, 
-			    Dimension width, XRectangle *pbox);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 extern GC WmGetGC (WmScreenData *pSD, unsigned long gc_mask, XGCValues *pGcv);
 

cde/programs/dtwm/WmHelp.c

@@ -20,7 +20,6 @@
  * to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth
  * Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
  */
-#ifdef WSM
 /* 
  * (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1992, 1993 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY 
  * (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 OPEN SOFTWARE FOUNDATION, INC. 
@@ -3038,7 +3037,6 @@ wmDtErrorDialogPopupCB(
 } /* END OF FUNCTION wmDtErrorDialogPopupCB */
 
 /****************************   eof    ***************************/
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 

cde/programs/dtwm/WmHelp.h

@@ -20,7 +20,6 @@
  * to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth
  * Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
  */
-#ifdef WSM
 /* 
  * (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1992 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY 
  * (c) Copyright 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 OPEN SOFTWARE FOUNDATION, INC. 
@@ -82,4 +81,3 @@ extern void WmDtWmTopicHelpCB (Widget  theWidget,
 /********    End Public Function Declarations    ********/
 
 /****************************   eof    ***************************/
-#endif /* WSM */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmIBitmap.h

@@ -255,7 +255,6 @@ static unsigned char fntpl_i_bm_bits[] = {
 #endif /* DTWM_NEED_FNTPL */
 
 
-#ifdef WSM
 /*
  * Backdrop bitmap patterns
  */
@@ -297,7 +296,6 @@ static unsigned char bits6_bits[] = {
    0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff};
 #endif /* DTWM_NEED_BACKBITS */
 
-#endif /* WSM */
 /*
  *
  *  Used to define the small hourglass and mask used to indicate
@@ -323,6 +321,4 @@ static unsigned char time16m_bits[] = {
    0xfe, 0x1f, 0xff, 0x3f, 0xff, 0x3f};
 #endif  /* DTWM_NEED_TIME16 */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 /****************************   eof    ***************************/
-#endif /* WSM */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmIDecor.c

@@ -47,9 +47,7 @@
 #include "WmIconBox.h"
 #include "WmMenu.h"
 #include "WmWinInfo.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmWrkspace.h"
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 
@@ -100,9 +98,7 @@ Boolean MakeIcon (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientData *pcd)
     unsigned long attr_mask;
     int xOffset;
     int yOffset;
-#ifdef WSM
     WsClientData *pWsc = GetWsClientData (pWS, pcd);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
     /*
@@ -145,24 +141,13 @@ Boolean MakeIcon (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientData *pcd)
 				ICON_APPEARANCE(pcd).background;
     }
    
-#ifdef WSM
     if ((!pcd->pSD->useIconBox) || 
 	(pcd->clientFlags & (CLIENT_WM_CLIENTS | FRONT_PANEL_BOX)))
-#else
-    if ((!pcd->pSD->useIconBox) || (pcd->clientFlags & ICON_BOX))
-#endif /* WSM */
     {
-#ifdef WSM
 	pWsc->iconFrameWin = XCreateWindow (DISPLAY,
 			       ROOT_FOR_CLIENT(pcd),	/* parent */
 			       pWsc->iconX,
 			       pWsc->iconY,
-#else /* WSM */
-	pcd->iconFrameWin = XCreateWindow (DISPLAY,
-			       ROOT_FOR_CLIENT(pcd),	/* parent */
-			       pcd->iconX,
-			       pcd->iconY,
-#endif /* WSM */
 			       (unsigned int) ICON_WIDTH(pcd),
 			       (unsigned int) ICON_HEIGHT(pcd),
 			       0,		/* border width */
@@ -183,11 +168,7 @@ Boolean MakeIcon (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientData *pcd)
          */
 
         if ((pcd->pSD->useIconBox) && 
-#ifdef WSM
 	    (!(pcd->clientFlags & CLIENT_WM_CLIENTS)) &&
-#else
-	    (!(pcd->clientFlags & ICON_BOX)) &&
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    (pcd->clientFunctions & MWM_FUNC_MINIMIZE) )
         {
             if (!InsertIconIntoBox(pWS->pIconBox, pcd))
@@ -244,9 +225,7 @@ Boolean MakeIcon (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientData *pcd)
 	ReparentIconWindow (pcd, xOffset, yOffset);
     }
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if (pcd->piconTopShadows->used == 0)
-#endif /* WSM */
     MakeIconShadows (pcd, xOffset, yOffset);
 
     return(TRUE);
@@ -860,13 +839,9 @@ void DrawIconTitle (ClientData *pcd)
     GetIconTitleBox (pcd, &textBox);
 
     /* get appropriate GCs */
-#ifdef WSM
     if ((ACTIVE_PSD->useIconBox && 
 	!((pcd->dtwmBehaviors & (DtWM_BEHAVIOR_PANEL)) ||
           (pcd->clientFlags & CLIENT_WM_CLIENTS))) ||
-#else
-    if ((ACTIVE_PSD->useIconBox && !(pcd->clientFlags & ICON_BOX)) || 
-#endif /* WSM */
 	!(wmGD.keyboardFocus == pcd)) 
     {
 	iconGC = ICON_APPEARANCE(pcd).inactiveGC;
@@ -892,15 +867,9 @@ void DrawIconTitle (ClientData *pcd)
 
 
     /* paint the text */
-#ifdef WSM
     WmDrawXmString(DISPLAY, ICON_FRAME_WIN(pcd), ICON_APPEARANCE(pcd).fontList,
 		   pcd->iconTitle, iconGC, 
 		   textBox.x, textBox.y, textBox.width, &textBox, True);
-#else /* WSM */
-    WmDrawXmString(DISPLAY, ICON_FRAME_WIN(pcd), ICON_APPEARANCE(pcd).fontList,
-		   pcd->iconTitle, iconGC, 
-		   textBox.x, textBox.y, textBox.width, &textBox);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION DrawIconTitle */
 
@@ -952,13 +921,8 @@ void RedisplayIconTitle (ClientData *pcd)
 	 * Get appropriate GCs 
 	 * Dim text if this is in the icon box and the client is mapped 
 	 */
-#ifdef WSM
 	if ((ACTIVE_PSD->useIconBox && (P_ICON_BOX(pcd)) &&
 	    !(pcd->clientFlags & CLIENT_WM_CLIENTS)) || 
-#else
-	if ((ACTIVE_PSD->useIconBox && (P_ICON_BOX(pcd)) &&
-	    !(pcd->clientFlags & ICON_BOX)) || 
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    !(wmGD.keyboardFocus == pcd)) 
 	{
 	    iconGC = ICON_APPEARANCE(pcd).inactiveGC;
@@ -984,18 +948,11 @@ void RedisplayIconTitle (ClientData *pcd)
 	    FALSE);
 
 	/* in with the new */
-#ifdef WSM
 	WmDrawXmString(DISPLAY, ICON_FRAME_WIN(pcd), 
 		       ICON_APPEARANCE(pcd).fontList,
 		       pcd->iconTitle, iconGC, 
 		       textBox.x, textBox.y, textBox.width, &textBox,
 		       True);
-#else /* WSM */
-	WmDrawXmString(DISPLAY, ICON_FRAME_WIN(pcd), 
-		       ICON_APPEARANCE(pcd).fontList,
-		       pcd->iconTitle, iconGC, 
-		       textBox.x, textBox.y, textBox.width, &textBox);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 	/* 
 	 * Erase & paint text in the active icon text window
@@ -1825,17 +1782,10 @@ void PaintActiveIconText (ClientData *pcd, Boolean erase)
 		    FALSE);
     }
 
-#ifdef WSM
     WmDrawXmString(DISPLAY, pcd->pSD->activeIconTextWin, 
 		   ICON_APPEARANCE(pcd).fontList,
 		   pcd->iconTitle, iconGC, 
 		   textBox.x, textBox.y, textBox.width, &textBox, True);
-#else /* WSM */
-    WmDrawXmString(DISPLAY, pcd->pSD->activeIconTextWin, 
-		   ICON_APPEARANCE(pcd).fontList,
-		   pcd->iconTitle, iconGC, 
-		   textBox.x, textBox.y, textBox.width, &textBox);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION PaintActiveIconText */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmIPC.c

@@ -859,11 +859,7 @@ RequestMsgCB(Tt_message m, Tt_pattern p)
 			pCD = clients[i];
 			strcpy(ptr, pCD->smClientID);
 			clientWorkspaces[i] =
-#ifdef WSM
 			    pCD->pWsList[pCD->currentWsc].wsID;
-#else
-			    pCD->pSD->pWS->id;
-#endif
 		    }
 		}
 	    }

cde/programs/dtwm/WmIPlace.c

@@ -44,9 +44,7 @@
 #include "WmIDecor.h"
 #include "WmIconBox.h"
 #include "WmWinConf.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmWrkspace.h"
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 /*
@@ -802,9 +800,7 @@ void PackRootIcons (void)
     ClientData *pCD;
     ClientData *pCD_active;
     int hasActiveText = 1;
-#ifdef WSM
     WsClientData *pWsc;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /* 
      * find context of the activeIconTextWin to get pCD and then 
@@ -841,39 +837,23 @@ void PackRootIcons (void)
 		MoveIconInfo (&ACTIVE_WS->IPData, iOld, iNew);
 
 		pCD = ACTIVE_WS->IPData.placeList[iNew].pCD;
-#ifdef WSM
 		pWsc = GetWsClientData (ACTIVE_WS, pCD);
 		pWsc->iconPlace = iNew;
 		CvtIconPlaceToPosition (&ACTIVE_WS->IPData, 
 		    pWsc->iconPlace, &pWsc->iconX, &pWsc->iconY);
-#else /* WSM */
-		pCD->iconPlace = iNew;
-		CvtIconPlaceToPosition (&ACTIVE_WS->IPData, 
-		    pCD->iconPlace, &pCD->iconX, &pCD->iconY);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 		if (hasActiveText && (pCD == pCD_active))
 		{
 		    /* hide activeIconTextWin first */
 		    HideActiveIconText ((WmScreenData *)NULL);
-#ifdef WSM
 		    XMoveWindow (DISPLAY, pWsc->iconFrameWin, pWsc->iconX, 
 			     pWsc->iconY);
-#else /* WSM */
-		    XMoveWindow (DISPLAY, ICON_FRAME_WIN(pCD), pCD->iconX, 
-			     pCD->iconY);
-#endif /* WSM */
 		    ShowActiveIconText (pCD);
 		}
 		else
 		{
-#ifdef WSM
 		    XMoveWindow (DISPLAY, pWsc->iconFrameWin, pWsc->iconX, 
 			     pWsc->iconY);
-#else /* WSM */
-		    XMoveWindow (DISPLAY, ICON_FRAME_WIN(pCD), pCD->iconX, 
-			     pCD->iconY);
-#endif /* WSM */
 		}
 	    }
 	}
@@ -908,28 +888,21 @@ void PackRootIcons (void)
 
 void MoveIconInfo (IconPlacementData *pIPD, int p1, int p2)
 {
-#ifdef WSM
     WsClientData *pWsc;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /* only move if destination is empty */
     if (pIPD->placeList[p2].pCD == NULL)
     {
 	pIPD->placeList[p2].pCD = pIPD->placeList[p1].pCD;
 	pIPD->placeList[p2].theWidget = pIPD->placeList[p1].theWidget;
-#ifdef WSM
 
 	pWsc = GetWsClientData (pIPD->placeList[p2].pCD->pSD->pActiveWS,
 				pIPD->placeList[p2].pCD);
 	pWsc->iconPlace = p2;
-#else /* WSM */
-	pIPD->placeList[p2].pCD->iconPlace = p2;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 	pIPD->placeList[p1].pCD =  NULL;
 	pIPD->placeList[p1].theWidget = NULL;
     }
 }
-#ifdef WSM
+
 /****************************   eof    ***************************/
-#endif /* WSM */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmIconBox.c

@@ -39,9 +39,7 @@
  */
 
 #include "WmGlobal.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmHelp.h"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #include <X11/StringDefs.h>
 #include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
 #include <X11/Shell.h>
@@ -89,9 +87,7 @@
 #include "WmResParse.h"
 #include "WmResource.h"
 #include "WmWinInfo.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmWrkspace.h"
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 #ifndef MAX
 #define MAX(a,b) ((a)>(b)?(a):(b))
@@ -129,16 +125,13 @@ Const char *szvertical = "vertical";
 void InitIconBox (WmScreenData *pSD)
 
 {
-#ifdef WSM
     int iws;
-#endif /* WSM */
     /*
      * Start the process of making the icon boxes
      */
 
 
 
-#ifdef WSM
     /*
      * Manage a separate icon box in every workspace
      * on this screen.
@@ -148,10 +141,6 @@ void InitIconBox (WmScreenData *pSD)
 	AddIconBoxForWorkspace (&pSD->pWS[iws]);
     }
 
-#else /* WSM */
-    ManageWindow (pSD, None, MANAGEW_ICON_BOX);
-#endif /* WSM */
-
     if (pSD->fadeNormalIcon)
     {
 	MakeFadeIconGC (pSD);
@@ -160,8 +149,6 @@ void InitIconBox (WmScreenData *pSD)
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION InitIconBox */
 
-#ifdef WSM
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  AddIconBoxForWorkspace (pWS)
@@ -182,9 +169,7 @@ void AddIconBoxForWorkspace (WmWorkspaceData *pWS)
     ManageWindow (pWS->pSD, None, MANAGEW_ICON_BOX);
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION AddIconBoxForWorkspace */
-#endif /* WSM */
 
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  MakeIconBox (pWS, pCD);
@@ -284,8 +269,6 @@ Boolean MakeIconBox (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientData *pCD)
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION MakeIconBox */
 
-#ifdef WSM
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  DestroyIconBox (pWS)
@@ -328,9 +311,7 @@ void DestroyIconBox (WmWorkspaceData *pWS)
     XtFree ((char *) pIBD);
    
 } /* END OF FUNCTION DestroyIconBox */
-#endif /* WSM */
 
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  MakeShell (pWS, pIBD)
@@ -367,9 +348,7 @@ void MakeShell (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, IconBoxData *pIBD)
 
     Arg setArgs[20];
     int i;
-#ifdef WSM
     char *pchIBTitle = NULL;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /*
      * Create top level application shell for icon box
@@ -383,15 +362,6 @@ void MakeShell (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, IconBoxData *pIBD)
 
     XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNkeyboardFocusPolicy, (XtArgVal)XmEXPLICIT); i++;
 
-#ifndef WSM
-    if (!(Monochrome (XtScreen (pWS->pSD->screenTopLevelW))))
-    {
-	XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNbackground,  
-		  (XtArgVal) pWS->pSD->clientAppearance.background ); i++;
-	XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNforeground,  
-		  (XtArgVal) pWS->pSD->clientAppearance.foreground ); i++;
-    }
-#else  /* WSM  */
     if (pWS->pSD->iconBoxTitle)
     {
 	pchIBTitle = WmXmStringToString (pWS->pSD->iconBoxTitle);
@@ -399,7 +369,6 @@ void MakeShell (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, IconBoxData *pIBD)
 	XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNtitle, (XtArgVal)pchIBTitle); i++;
 	XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNiconName, (XtArgVal)pchIBTitle); i++;
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
     XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNmappedWhenManaged, (XtArgVal)False); i++;
     XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNdialogStyle, (XtArgVal)XmDIALOG_MODELESS); i++;
     XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNdepth, 
@@ -407,19 +376,12 @@ void MakeShell (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, IconBoxData *pIBD)
     XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNscreen, 
 	(XtArgVal) ScreenOfDisplay (DISPLAY, pWS->pSD->screen)); i++;
 
-#ifdef WSM
     pIBD->shellWidget = (Widget) XtCreatePopupShell (WmNclient, 
 					topLevelShellWidgetClass,
                                         pWS->workspaceTopLevelW,
 				        (ArgList)setArgs, i);
 
     if (pchIBTitle != NULL) XtFree (pchIBTitle);
-#else /* WSM */
-    pIBD->shellWidget = (Widget) XtCreatePopupShell (WmNiconBox, 
-					topLevelShellWidgetClass,
-                                        pWS->workspaceTopLevelW,
-				        (ArgList)setArgs, i);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION MakeShell */
 
@@ -466,17 +428,6 @@ void MakeScrolledWindow (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, IconBoxData *pIBD)
      */
 
     i=0;
-#ifndef WSM
-/*
-    if (!(Monochrome (XtScreen (pWS->pSD->screenTopLevelW))))
-    {
-	XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNbackground,  
-		  (XtArgVal) pWS->pSD->clientAppearance.background ); i++;
-	XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNforeground,  
-		  (XtArgVal) pWS->pSD->clientAppearance.foreground ); i++;
-    }
-*/
-#endif /* WSM */
     XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNborderWidth,  (XtArgVal) 0 ); i++;
     XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNmarginWidth,  (XtArgVal) 0 ); i++;
     XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNmarginHeight, (XtArgVal) 0 ); i++;
@@ -488,11 +439,9 @@ void MakeScrolledWindow (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, IconBoxData *pIBD)
 					pIBD->shellWidget,
 					(ArgList)setArgs, i);
 
-#ifdef WSM
     XtAddCallback (pIBD->frameWidget, XmNhelpCallback,
                    WmDtWmTopicHelpCB, WM_DT_ICONBOX_TOPIC);
 
-#endif /* WSM */
     /*
      * Create scrolled window to hold row column manager 
      */
@@ -503,16 +452,6 @@ void MakeScrolledWindow (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, IconBoxData *pIBD)
 
     XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNborderWidth , (XtArgVal) 0 ); i++;
     XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNspacing , (XtArgVal) IB_MARGIN_WIDTH ); i++;
-#ifndef WSM
-
-    if (!(Monochrome (XtScreen (pWS->pSD->screenTopLevelW))))
-    {
-	XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNbackground,  
-		  (XtArgVal) pWS->pSD->clientAppearance.background ); i++;
-	XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNforeground,  
-		  (XtArgVal) pWS->pSD->clientAppearance.foreground ); i++;
-    }
-#endif /* WSM */
     /*
      * do we want to get these from a resource or set it here
      * to control the appearance of the iconBox
@@ -596,17 +535,6 @@ void MakeBulletinBoard (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, IconBoxData *pIBD)
 #endif /* DEBUG_ICON_BOX */
     
     XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNshadowThickness,(XtArgVal) 0); i++;
-#ifndef WSM
-    if (!(Monochrome (XtScreen (pWS->pSD->screenTopLevelW))))
-    {
-	XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNforeground,  
-		  (XtArgVal) pWS->pSD->clientAppearance.background ); i++;
-	XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNbottomShadowColor,  
-		(XtArgVal) pWS->pSD->clientAppearance.bottomShadowColor ); i++;
-	XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNtopShadowColor,  
-		  (XtArgVal) pWS->pSD->clientAppearance.topShadowColor ); i++;
-    }
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNspacing , 0); i++; 
     XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNmarginHeight , 0); i++;
@@ -851,9 +779,7 @@ void InitializeIconBoxData (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, IconBoxData *pIBD)
     pIBD->scrolledWidget = NULL;
     pIBD->bBoardWidget = NULL;
     pIBD->clipWidget = NULL; 
-#ifdef WSM
     pIBD->wsID = pWS->id;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     ToLower (pWS->pSD->iconBoxSBDisplayPolicy);
     
@@ -871,11 +797,7 @@ void InitializeIconBoxData (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, IconBoxData *pIBD)
      * iconBoxGeometry width and height are not specified
      */
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if (pWS->iconBoxGeometry == NULL) /* not set by user */
-#else /* WSM */
-    if (pWS->pSD->iconBoxGeometry == NULL) /* not set by user */
-#endif /* WSM */
     {
 	/*
 	 * Use the iconPlacement resource 
@@ -898,13 +820,8 @@ void InitializeIconBoxData (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, IconBoxData *pIBD)
     }
     else
     {
-#ifdef WSM
 	mask = XParseGeometry(pWS->iconBoxGeometry, &X, &Y, 
 			      &width, &height);
-#else /* WSM */
-	mask = XParseGeometry(pWS->pSD->iconBoxGeometry, &X, &Y, 
-			      &width, &height);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 	if ((mask & WidthValue) && (width > 0))
 	{
@@ -1385,13 +1302,8 @@ void SetGeometry (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientData *pCD, IconBoxData *pIBD)
      * Set initial placement of icon box
      */
 
-#ifdef WSM
     mask = XParseGeometry(pWS->iconBoxGeometry, &X, &Y, 
 			      &width, &height);
-#else /* WSM */
-    mask = XParseGeometry(pCD->pSD->iconBoxGeometry, 
-			  &X, &Y, &width, &height);
-#endif /* WSM */    
     
     if (mask & XValue)
     {
@@ -1720,10 +1632,6 @@ void MapIconBoxes (WmWorkspaceData *pWS)
         while (pibd)
         {
 	    XtPopup(pibd->shellWidget, XtGrabNone);
-#ifndef WSM
-	    F_Raise (NULL, pibd->pCD_iconBox, (XEvent *)NULL);
-	    XMapWindow (DISPLAY, pibd->pCD_iconBox->clientFrameWin);
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    pibd = pibd->pNextIconBox;
         }
     }
@@ -1731,8 +1639,6 @@ void MapIconBoxes (WmWorkspaceData *pWS)
   
 } /* END OF FUNCTION MapIconBoxes */
 
-#ifdef WSM
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  UnmapIconBoxes (pWS)
@@ -1775,7 +1681,6 @@ void UnmapIconBoxes (WmWorkspaceData *pWS)
     }
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION UnmapIconBoxes */
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 /******************************<->*************************************
  *
@@ -1907,12 +1812,10 @@ Boolean InsertIconIntoBox (IconBoxData *pIBD, ClientData *pCD)
     Widget iconWidget;
     IconInfo *pIconInfo;
     static XmString dummyString = NULL;
-#ifdef WSM
     WsClientData *pWsc;
     WmWorkspaceData *pWS = GetWorkspaceData (pCD->pSD, pIBD->wsID);
 
     pWsc = GetWsClientData (pWS, pCD);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /*
      * If we go to multiple icon boxes, find the box this client
@@ -1925,11 +1828,7 @@ Boolean InsertIconIntoBox (IconBoxData *pIBD, ClientData *pCD)
     if (pCD->client)
     {
 
-#ifdef WSM
         pWsc->pIconBox = tmpPointerToIconBox;
-#else /* WSM */
-        P_ICON_BOX(pCD) = tmpPointerToIconBox;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
         iconWidth = ICON_WIDTH(pCD)
 		+ (2 * IB_MARGIN_WIDTH); 
@@ -1937,19 +1836,11 @@ Boolean InsertIconIntoBox (IconBoxData *pIBD, ClientData *pCD)
         iconHeight = ICON_HEIGHT(pCD) 
 		+ (2 * IB_MARGIN_HEIGHT);
 
-#ifdef WSM
         pIconInfo = InsertIconInfo  (pWsc->pIconBox, pCD, (Widget) NULL);
-#else /* WSM */
-        pIconInfo = InsertIconInfo  (P_ICON_BOX(pCD), pCD, (Widget) NULL);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 	if (pIconInfo)
 	{
-#ifdef WSM
 	    pWsc->pIconBox->numberOfIcons++;
-#else /* WSM */
-	    P_ICON_BOX(pCD)->numberOfIcons++;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 	    i = 0;
 	    XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNbackground,  
@@ -1957,13 +1848,8 @@ Boolean InsertIconIntoBox (IconBoxData *pIBD, ClientData *pCD)
 	    XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNforeground,  
 			    (XtArgVal) ICON_APPEARANCE(pCD).foreground ); i++;
 
-#ifdef WSM
 	    XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNx ,  (XtArgVal) pWsc->iconX); i++;
 	    XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNy ,  (XtArgVal) pWsc->iconY); i++;
-#else /* WSM */
-	    XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNx ,  (XtArgVal) ICON_X(pCD)); i++;
-	    XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNy ,  (XtArgVal) ICON_Y(pCD)); i++;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 	    XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNwidth ,  (XtArgVal) iconWidth); i++;
 	    XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNheight ,  (XtArgVal) iconHeight); i++;
@@ -1990,11 +1876,7 @@ Boolean InsertIconIntoBox (IconBoxData *pIBD, ClientData *pCD)
 
 	    iconWidget =  XtCreateManagedWidget("iconInIconBox",
 					   xmDrawnButtonWidgetClass,
-#ifdef WSM
 					   pWsc->pIconBox->bBoardWidget,
-#else /* WSM */
-					   P_ICON_BOX(pCD)->bBoardWidget,
-#endif /* WSM */
 					   (ArgList)setArgs, i);
 
 	    if (dummyString == NULL)
@@ -2011,11 +1893,7 @@ Boolean InsertIconIntoBox (IconBoxData *pIBD, ClientData *pCD)
 
 	    pIconInfo->theWidget = iconWidget;
 
-#ifdef WSM
 	    pWsc->iconFrameWin = XtWindow (iconWidget); 
-#else /* WSM */
-	    ICON_FRAME_WIN(pCD) = XtWindow (iconWidget); 
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 	    XtAddCallback (iconWidget, XmNactivateCallback, 
 			   (XtCallbackProc)IconActivateCallback, 
@@ -2055,19 +1933,11 @@ Boolean InsertIconIntoBox (IconBoxData *pIBD, ClientData *pCD)
 		}
 	    }
 
-#ifdef WSM
 	    ResetIconBoxMaxSize(pWsc->pIconBox->pCD_iconBox, 
 				pWsc->pIconBox->bBoardWidget);
 
 	    ResetArrowButtonIncrements (pWsc->pIconBox->pCD_iconBox);
 
-#else /* WSM */
-	    ResetIconBoxMaxSize(P_ICON_BOX(pCD)->pCD_iconBox, 
-				P_ICON_BOX(pCD)->bBoardWidget);
-
-	    ResetArrowButtonIncrements (P_ICON_BOX(pCD)->pCD_iconBox);
-
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    rval = True;
 	}
     } 
@@ -2114,9 +1984,7 @@ IconInfo *InsertIconInfo (pIBD, pCD, theWidget)
     Arg setArgs[3];
     Arg getArgs[4];
     Dimension clipWidth, clipHeight;
-#ifdef WSM
     WsClientData *pWsc;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     place = GetNextIconPlace (&pIBD->IPD);
     if (place == NO_ICON_PLACE)
@@ -2158,7 +2026,6 @@ IconInfo *InsertIconInfo (pIBD, pCD, theWidget)
 
     pII->pCD = pCD;
 
-#ifdef WSM
     pWsc = GetWsClientData (GetWorkspaceData (pCD->pSD, pIBD->wsID), pCD);
     pWsc->iconPlace = place;
 
@@ -2171,19 +2038,6 @@ IconInfo *InsertIconInfo (pIBD, pCD, theWidget)
     pIBD->currentCol = pWsc->iconX / pIBD->pCD_iconBox->widthInc;
     pIBD->currentRow = pWsc->iconY / pIBD->pCD_iconBox->heightInc;
 
-#else /* WSM */
-    ICON_PLACE(pCD) = place;
-
-    CvtIconPlaceToPosition (&pIBD->IPD, ICON_PLACE(pCD),
-	    &ICON_X(pCD), &ICON_Y(pCD));
-
-
-    /* update next free position */
-
-    pIBD->currentCol = ICON_X(pCD) / pIBD->pCD_iconBox->widthInc;
-    pIBD->currentRow = ICON_Y(pCD) / pIBD->pCD_iconBox->heightInc;
-
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /* 
      * Increase bboard size if necessary
@@ -2204,7 +2058,6 @@ IconInfo *InsertIconInfo (pIBD, pCD, theWidget)
 	if (pIBD->currentRow > pIBD->lastRow)
 	{
 	    pIBD->lastRow = pIBD->currentRow;
-#ifdef WSM
 	    if (clipHeight <= (Dimension) (pWsc->iconY + 
 	                                   pIBD->pCD_iconBox->heightInc))
 	    {
@@ -2214,16 +2067,6 @@ IconInfo *InsertIconInfo (pIBD, pCD, theWidget)
 		XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNheight, (XtArgVal) 
 			  pWsc->iconY + pIBD->pCD_iconBox->heightInc); i++;
 	    }
-#else /* WSM */
-	    if (clipHeight <= (pII->pCD->iconY + pIBD->pCD_iconBox->heightInc))
-	    {
-		/*
-		 * Increase bulletin board height as needed.
-		 */
-		XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNheight, (XtArgVal) 
-			  pII->pCD->iconY + pIBD->pCD_iconBox->heightInc); i++;
-	    }
-#endif /* WSM */
 	}
     }
     else
@@ -2231,7 +2074,6 @@ IconInfo *InsertIconInfo (pIBD, pCD, theWidget)
 	if (pIBD->currentCol > pIBD->lastCol)
 	{
 	    pIBD->lastCol = pIBD->currentCol;
-#ifdef WSM
 	    if (clipWidth <= (Dimension) 
 	                      (pWsc->iconX + pIBD->pCD_iconBox->widthInc))
 	    {
@@ -2242,17 +2084,6 @@ IconInfo *InsertIconInfo (pIBD, pCD, theWidget)
 		(XtArgVal) pWsc->iconX +
 			   pIBD->pCD_iconBox->widthInc); i++;
 	    }
-#else /* WSM */
-	    if (clipWidth <= (pII->pCD->iconX + pIBD->pCD_iconBox->widthInc))
-	    {
-		/*
-		 * Increase bulletin board width as needed
-		 */
-		XtSetArg (setArgs[i], XmNwidth, 
-		(XtArgVal) pII->pCD->iconX +
-			   pIBD->pCD_iconBox->widthInc); i++;
-	    }
-#endif /* WSM */
 	}
 
 	if (pIBD->currentRow > pIBD->lastRow)
@@ -2294,12 +2125,10 @@ void DeleteIconFromBox (IconBoxData *pIBD, ClientData *pCD)
     Dimension    oldWidth, oldHeight;
     int          newWidth, newHeight;
     int          i, newCols, newRows;
-#ifdef WSM
     WmWorkspaceData *pWS = GetWorkspaceData (pCD->pSD, pIBD->wsID);
     WsClientData *pWsc;
 
     pWsc = GetWsClientData (pWS, pCD);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     i = 0;
     XtSetArg (args[i], XmNwidth, (XtArgVal) &oldWidth ); i++;
@@ -2329,7 +2158,6 @@ void DeleteIconFromBox (IconBoxData *pIBD, ClientData *pCD)
 	}
     }
 
-#ifdef WSM
     DeleteIconInfo (pWsc->pIconBox, pCD);
 
     pWsc->pIconBox->numberOfIcons--;
@@ -2338,13 +2166,6 @@ void DeleteIconFromBox (IconBoxData *pIBD, ClientData *pCD)
 
     pWsc->pIconBox = NULL;
     pWsc->iconPlace = NO_ICON_PLACE;
-#else /* WSM */
-    DeleteIconInfo (P_ICON_BOX(pCD), pCD);
-
-    pCD->pIconBox->numberOfIcons--;
-
-    theChild = XtWindowToWidget (DISPLAY, ICON_FRAME_WIN(pCD));
-#endif /* WSM */
     XtUnmanageChild (theChild);
 
     XtDestroyWidget (theChild);
@@ -2865,10 +2686,8 @@ void PackIconBox (IconBoxData *pIBD, Boolean packVert, Boolean packHorz, int pas
     int newWidth, newHeight;
     int i;
     Boolean rippling = False;
-#ifdef WSM
     WsClientData *pWsc;
     WmWorkspaceData *pWS;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     i = 0;
     XtSetArg (args[i], XmNwidth, (XtArgVal) &oldWidth ); i++;
@@ -2943,7 +2762,6 @@ void PackIconBox (IconBoxData *pIBD, Boolean packVert, Boolean packHorz, int pas
 	     * We need to start rippling the icons into new positions if
 	     * their (x,y) position changed 
 	     */
-#ifdef WSM
 	    pWS = GetWorkspaceData (pII_2->pCD->pSD, pIBD->wsID);
 	    pWsc = GetWsClientData (pWS, pII_2->pCD);
 	    CvtIconPlaceToPosition (&pIBD->IPD, pWsc->iconPlace,
@@ -2951,13 +2769,6 @@ void PackIconBox (IconBoxData *pIBD, Boolean packVert, Boolean packHorz, int pas
 
 	    rippling = ((newX != pWsc->iconX) ||
 		        (newY != pWsc->iconY));
-#else /* WSM */
-	    CvtIconPlaceToPosition (&pIBD->IPD, pII_2->pCD->iconPlace,
-		&newX, &newY);
-
-	    rippling = ((newX != pII_2->pCD->iconX) ||
-		        (newY != pII_2->pCD->iconY));
-#endif /* WSM */
 	}
 
 	if ((pII_2->pCD == NULL) || rippling)
@@ -2978,15 +2789,10 @@ void PackIconBox (IconBoxData *pIBD, Boolean packVert, Boolean packHorz, int pas
 
 		CvtIconPlaceToPosition (&pIBD->IPD, ix2, &newX, &newY);
 
-#ifdef WSM
 		pWS = GetWorkspaceData (pII_2->pCD->pSD, pIBD->wsID);
 		pWsc = GetWsClientData (pWS, pII_2->pCD);
 		pWsc->iconX = newX;
 	 	pWsc->iconY = newY;
-#else /* WSM */
-		pII_2->pCD->iconX = newX;
-	 	pII_2->pCD->iconY = newY;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 		if (hasActiveText && (pII_2->pCD == pCD_tmp))
 		{
@@ -3478,9 +3284,7 @@ void HandleIconBoxIconKeyPress (Widget icon, caddr_t dummy, XKeyEvent *keyEvent)
     if (!(XFindContext (DISPLAY, theIcon,
 			wmGD.windowContextType, (caddr_t *)&pCD)))
     {
-#ifdef WSM
 	SetClientWsIndex (pCD);
-#endif /* WSM */
 	keyEvent->window = ICON_FRAME_WIN(pCD);
 
 	if (pCD->clientState == MINIMIZED_STATE)
@@ -3570,32 +3374,16 @@ void GetIconBoxIconRootXY (ClientData *pCD, int *pX, int *pY)
 {
 
     Window child;
-#ifdef WSM
     WsClientData *pWsc = GetWsClientData (pCD->pSD->pActiveWS, pCD);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if (pCD->pSD->useIconBox && pWsc->pIconBox)
-#else /* WSM */
-    if (pCD->pSD->useIconBox && P_ICON_BOX(pCD))
-#endif /* WSM */
     {
-#ifdef WSM
         XTranslateCoordinates(DISPLAY,
                               XtWindow(pWsc->pIconBox->bBoardWidget),
                               ROOT_FOR_CLIENT(pCD),
                               pWsc->iconX + IB_MARGIN_WIDTH,
                               pWsc->iconY + IB_MARGIN_HEIGHT,
                               pX, pY, &child);
-#else /* WSM */
-        XTranslateCoordinates(DISPLAY,
-                              XtWindow(P_ICON_BOX(pCD)->bBoardWidget),
-                              ROOT_FOR_CLIENT(pCD),
-                              ICON_X(pCD) + IB_MARGIN_WIDTH,
-                              ICON_Y(pCD) + IB_MARGIN_HEIGHT,
-                              pX, pY, &child);
-#endif /* WSM */
-
     }
     else
     {
@@ -3633,9 +3421,7 @@ Boolean IconVisible (ClientData *pCD)
      */
 
     Boolean rval = True;
-#ifdef WSM
     WsClientData *pWsc = GetWsClientData (pCD->pSD->pActiveWS, pCD);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
     
@@ -3655,17 +3441,10 @@ Boolean IconVisible (ClientData *pCD)
     XtSetArg (getArgs[i], XmNheight, (XtArgVal) &tmpHeight ); i++;
     XtSetArg (getArgs[i], XmNx, (XtArgVal) &tmpX ); i++;
     XtSetArg (getArgs[i], XmNy, (XtArgVal) &tmpY ); i++;
-#ifdef WSM
     XtGetValues (pWsc->pIconBox->clipWidget, getArgs, i);
     XtTranslateCoords(pWsc->pIconBox->scrolledWidget,
                         tmpX, tmpY,
                         &clipX, &clipY);
-#else /* WSM */
-    XtGetValues (P_ICON_BOX(pCD)->clipWidget, getArgs, i);
-    XtTranslateCoords(P_ICON_BOX(pCD)->scrolledWidget,
-                        tmpX, tmpY,
-                        &clipX, &clipY);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     GetIconBoxIconRootXY(pCD, &iconX, &iconY);
 

cde/programs/dtwm/WmIconBox.h

@@ -31,9 +31,7 @@
  * (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY */
 
 
-#ifdef WSM
 extern void AddIconBoxForWorkspace (WmWorkspaceData *pWS);
-#endif /* WSM */
 extern void AddNewBox (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, IconBoxData *pIBD);
 extern void ChangeActiveIconboxIconText (Widget icon, caddr_t dummy, 
 					 XFocusChangeEvent *event);
@@ -94,9 +92,7 @@ extern void SetGranularity (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientData *pCD,
 extern void SetIconBoxInfo (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientData *pCD);
 extern void SetNewBounds (IconBoxData *pIBD);
 extern void ShowClientIconState (ClientData *pCD, int newState);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern void UnmapIconBoxes (WmWorkspaceData *pWS);
-#endif /* WSM */
 extern void UpdateIncrements (Widget sWidget, IconBoxData *pIBD, 
 			      XConfigureEvent *event);
 extern String WmXmStringToString (XmString xmString);

cde/programs/dtwm/WmImage.c

@@ -51,10 +51,8 @@ extern String _XmOSInitPath(
                         String env_pathname,
                         Boolean *user_path) ;
 #endif
-#ifdef WSM
 #include <Xm/IconFile.h>
 #include <Dt/GetDispRes.h>
-#endif
 
 #define MATCH_XBM 'B'		/* .xbm character: see XmGetPixmap */
 #define MATCH_PATH "XBMLANGPATH"
@@ -131,11 +129,7 @@ Pixmap MakeClientIconPixmap (
 	/*
 	 * The bitmap was not made with usable parameters.
 	 */
-#ifdef WSM
 	Warning (((char *)GETMESSAGE(38, 9, "Icon bitmap cannot be used on this screen")));
-#else /* WSM */
-	Warning ("Invalid root for icon bitmap");
-#endif /* WSM */
 	return ((Pixmap)NULL);
     }
 
@@ -185,28 +179,21 @@ Pixmap MakeClientIconPixmap (
 Pixmap MakeNamedIconPixmap (ClientData *pCD, String iconName)
 {
     int          bitmapIndex;
-#ifdef WSM
     Pixmap	pixmap, pixmap_r, mask;
     Window	root;
     int		x, y;
     unsigned int	width, height, border_width, depth;
     String	sIconFileName;
     int		iconSizeDesired;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /*
      * Get the bitmap cache entry (will read data from file if necessary).
      * If unable to find the iconName file return NULL.
      */
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if ((bitmapIndex = GetBitmapIndex (PSD_FOR_CLIENT(pCD), iconName,
 			False)) < 0)
-#else /* WSM */
-    if ((bitmapIndex = GetBitmapIndex (PSD_FOR_CLIENT(pCD), iconName)) < 0)
-#endif /* WSM */
     {
-#ifdef WSM
        if ((PSD_FOR_CLIENT(pCD)->displayResolutionType == LOW_RES_DISPLAY) ||
            (PSD_FOR_CLIENT(pCD)->displayResolutionType == VGA_RES_DISPLAY))
        {
@@ -286,7 +273,6 @@ Pixmap MakeNamedIconPixmap (ClientData *pCD, String iconName)
 
        if (sIconFileName != NULL)
 	   XtFree (sIconFileName);
-#endif /* WSM */
 	return ((Pixmap)NULL);
     }
 
@@ -421,10 +407,8 @@ Pixmap MakeIconPixmap (ClientData *pCD, Pixmap bitmap, Pixmap mask, unsigned int
     Pixmap       iconPixmap;
     GC           imageGC, topGC, botGC;
     XGCValues    gcv;
-#ifdef WSM
     unsigned long gc_mask;
     XmPixelSet   *pPS = NULL;
-#endif /* WSM */
     unsigned int imageWidth;
     unsigned int imageHeight;
     int          dest_x, dest_y;
@@ -527,7 +511,6 @@ Pixmap MakeIconPixmap (ClientData *pCD, Pixmap bitmap, Pixmap mask, unsigned int
     }
 
     /* create a GC to use */
-#ifdef WSM
     gc_mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCGraphicsExposures;
     if (mask)
     {
@@ -553,14 +536,6 @@ Pixmap MakeIconPixmap (ClientData *pCD, Pixmap bitmap, Pixmap mask, unsigned int
     gcv.graphics_exposures = False;
 
     imageGC = XCreateGC (DISPLAY, iconPixmap, gc_mask, &gcv);
-#else /* WSM */
-    gcv.foreground = bg;	/* clear it first! */
-    gcv.background = bg;
-    gcv.graphics_exposures = False;
-
-    imageGC = XCreateGC (DISPLAY, iconPixmap, (GCForeground|GCBackground),
-		  &gcv);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /*
      * Format the image. 
@@ -586,7 +561,6 @@ Pixmap MakeIconPixmap (ClientData *pCD, Pixmap bitmap, Pixmap mask, unsigned int
     dest_x = (imageWidth - width) / 2;
     dest_y = (imageHeight - height) / 2;
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if (mask)
     {
 	if (pPS != NULL)
@@ -617,10 +591,6 @@ Pixmap MakeIconPixmap (ClientData *pCD, Pixmap bitmap, Pixmap mask, unsigned int
     } 
 
     XChangeGC (DISPLAY, imageGC, gc_mask, &gcv);
-#else /* WSM */
-    /* set the foreground */
-    XSetForeground (DISPLAY, imageGC, fg);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /* copy the bitmap to the pixmap */
 #ifndef DISALLOW_DEEP_ICONS
@@ -654,7 +624,6 @@ Pixmap MakeIconPixmap (ClientData *pCD, Pixmap bitmap, Pixmap mask, unsigned int
 	 * Shadowing
 	 */
 
-#ifdef WSM
         if (mask && (pPS != NULL))
 	{
 	topGC = GetHighlightGC (pSD, pPS->ts, pPS->bg,
@@ -665,7 +634,6 @@ Pixmap MakeIconPixmap (ClientData *pCD, Pixmap bitmap, Pixmap mask, unsigned int
 	}
 	else
 	{
-#endif /* WSM */
 	topGC = GetHighlightGC (pSD, pCD->iconImageTopShadowColor, 
 				  pCD->iconImageBackground,
 				  pCD->iconImageTopShadowPixmap);
@@ -673,9 +641,7 @@ Pixmap MakeIconPixmap (ClientData *pCD, Pixmap bitmap, Pixmap mask, unsigned int
 	botGC = GetHighlightGC (pSD, pCD->iconImageBottomShadowColor, 
 				  pCD->iconImageBackground,
 				  pCD->iconImageBottomShadowPixmap);
-#ifdef WSM
 	}
-#endif /* WSM */
 
        /*
         *  CR5208 - Better fix than from OSF!
@@ -871,11 +837,7 @@ Pixmap MakeCachedLabelPixmap (WmScreenData *pSD, Widget menuW, int bitmapIndex)
 
 #define BITMAP_CACHE_INC 5
 
-#ifdef WSM
 int GetBitmapIndex (WmScreenData *pSD, char *name, Boolean bReportError)
-#else /* WSM */
-int GetBitmapIndex (WmScreenData *pSD, char *name)
-#endif /* WSM */
 {
     char         *path;
     BitmapCache  *bitmapc;
@@ -950,9 +912,7 @@ int GetBitmapIndex (WmScreenData *pSD, char *name)
 			     &bitmapc->bitmap, &x, &y)
             != BitmapSuccess)
         {
-#ifdef WSM
 	  if (bReportError)
-#endif /* WSM */
             MWarning (((char *)GETMESSAGE(38, 7, "Unable to read bitmap file %s\n")), path);
 	    XtFree ((char *)bitmapc->path);
 	    return (-1);
@@ -960,9 +920,7 @@ int GetBitmapIndex (WmScreenData *pSD, char *name)
 
         if (bitmapc->width == 0 || bitmapc->height == 0)
         {
-#ifdef WSM
 	  if (bReportError)
-#endif /* WSM */
             MWarning (((char *)GETMESSAGE(38, 8, "Invalid bitmap file %s\n")), path);
 	    XtFree ((char *)bitmapc->path);
 	    return (-1);
@@ -1119,6 +1077,4 @@ char *BitmapPathName (string)
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION BitmapPathName */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 /****************************   eof    ***************************/
-#endif /* WSM */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmImage.h

@@ -31,13 +31,9 @@
  * (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY */
 
 extern char  *BitmapPathName (char *string);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern int    GetBitmapIndex (WmScreenData *pSD, 
 				char *name, 
 				Boolean bReportError);
-#else /* WSM */
-extern int    GetBitmapIndex (WmScreenData *pSD, char *name);
-#endif /* WSM */
 extern Pixmap MakeCachedIconPixmap (ClientData *pCD, int bitmapIndex, Pixmap mask);
 extern Pixmap MakeCachedLabelPixmap (WmScreenData *pSD, Widget menuW, int bitmapIndex);
 extern Pixmap MakeClientIconPixmap (ClientData *pCD, Pixmap iconBitmap, Pixmap iconMask);

cde/programs/dtwm/WmInitWs.c

@@ -40,9 +40,7 @@
 
 #include "WmGlobal.h"
 #include "WmResNames.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmHelp.h"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #include "WmICCC.h"
 #define DTWM_NEED_FNTPL
 #include "WmIBitmap.h"
@@ -59,9 +57,9 @@
 #ifndef NO_HP_KEY_REMAP
 #include <Xm/VirtKeysP.h>
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 # include <Xm/DrawingA.h>
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 typedef struct
   {
@@ -69,7 +67,6 @@ typedef struct
     String new_name ;
   } str_xref_rec, *str_xref ;
 #endif /* NO_HP_KEY_REMAP */
-#ifdef WSM
 #include <Dt/GetDispRes.h>
 #include <Dt/SessionP.h>
 #include <Dt/SessionM.h>
@@ -77,7 +74,6 @@ typedef struct
 #include <Dt/Message.h>
 #include <Dt/WsmM.h>
 #include <Dt/EnvControlP.h>
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 /* Busy is also defined in the BMS  -> bms.h. This conflicts with
  * /usr/include/X11/Xasync.h on ibm.
@@ -92,9 +88,7 @@ typedef struct
 /*
  * include extern functions
  */
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmBackdrop.h"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #include "WmCDInfo.h"
 #include "WmColormap.h"
 #include "WmError.h"
@@ -102,18 +96,14 @@ typedef struct
 #include "WmFeedback.h"
 #include "WmFunction.h"
 #include "WmIDecor.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmIPC.h"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #include "WmIPlace.h"
 #include "WmIconBox.h"
 #include "WmKeyFocus.h"
 #include "WmPanelP.h"  /* for typedef in WmManage.h */
 #include "WmManage.h"
 #include "WmMenu.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmPresence.h"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #include "WmProperty.h"
 #include "WmResCvt.h"
 #include "WmResource.h"
@@ -122,9 +112,7 @@ typedef struct
 #include "WmCDecor.h"
 #include "stdio.h"
 #include "WmResParse.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include <stdlib.h>
-#endif /* WSM */
 #include "WmXSMP.h"
 
 /*
@@ -133,14 +121,12 @@ typedef struct
 
 #include "WmInitWs.h"
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 # include "WmWsmLib/wsm_proto.h"
 # include "WmWsmLib/utm_send.h"
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 static void InsureDefaultBackdropDir(char **ppchBackdropDirs);
-#endif /* WSM */
 void InitWmDisplayEnv (void);
 #ifndef NO_MESSAGE_CATALOG
 void InitNlsStrings (void);
@@ -149,12 +135,10 @@ void InitNlsStrings (void);
 Boolean VirtKeys4DIN(Display *dpy); 
 #endif /* NO_HP_KEY_REMAP */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 /* limited to 3 chars max */
 #define UNSPECIFIED_SCREEN_NAME		"fbk"
 char        **dpy2Argv;    /* copy  for second display */
 int           dpy2Argc;
-#endif  /* WSM */
 /*
  * Global Variables:
  */
@@ -427,10 +411,8 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
     int savedArgc;
 
     wmGD.errorFlag = False;
-#ifdef WSM
     wmGD.dtSD = NULL;
     wmGD.iSlideUpsInProgress = 0;
-#endif  /* WSM */
 
     SetupWmSignalHandlers (0); /* dummy paramater */
 
@@ -444,9 +426,7 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
 #ifndef	IBM_169380
     wmGD.cmapWindowContextType = XUniqueContext ();
 #endif
-#ifdef WSM
     wmGD.mwmWindowContextType = XUniqueContext ();
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /* copy argv (the XtInititalize changes the original) for use in restart */
     savedArgc = argc;
@@ -454,9 +434,7 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
 
     wmGD.environ = environ;
 
-#ifdef WSM
     wmGD.pWmPB = _DtWmParseNewBuf();
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 
@@ -469,7 +447,6 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
     {
         wmGD.mwmName = wmGD.argv[0];
     }
-#ifdef WSM
     if (MwmBehavior)
     {
 	res_class = WM_RESOURCE_CLASS;
@@ -480,10 +457,6 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
     }
     wmGD.statusColorServer = CSERVE_NOT_AVAILABLE;
 
-#else /* WSM */
-    res_class = WM_RESOURCE_CLASS;
-#endif /* WSM */
-
     wmGD.display = (Display *)NULL;
     wmGD.topLevelW = (Widget)NULL;
 
@@ -531,9 +504,7 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
      */
     
     InitCursorInfo ();
-#ifdef WSM
     InitWmDisplayEnv ();
-#endif
     ShowWaitState (TRUE);
 
     /*
@@ -603,11 +574,7 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
     XtSetArg (args[argnum], XtNheight, 10);	argnum++;
     XtSetArg (args[argnum], XtNmappedWhenManaged, False);	argnum++;
     XtSetArg (args[argnum], XtNjoinSession, True);		argnum++;
-#ifdef WSM
     XtSetArg (args[argnum], XtNrestartStyle, SmRestartNever);	argnum++;
-#else
-    XtSetArg (args[argnum], XtNrestartStyle, SmRestartIfRunning); argnum++;
-#endif
     XtSetArg (args[argnum], XtNargc, savedArgc); argnum++;
     XtSetArg (args[argnum], XtNargv, wmGD.argv); argnum++;
 
@@ -636,7 +603,6 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
     ProcessGlobalScreenResources ();
     ProcessCommandLine (argc, argv);
 
-#ifdef WSM
     /*
      * Make sure backdrops are in our icon search path. 
      * This call MUST occur before ANY icons are looked up either
@@ -664,7 +630,6 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
 
         XtFree(sBdPath);
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /*
      * Allocate data and initialize for screens we manage:
@@ -714,7 +679,6 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
 	    {
 		if (!processedGlobalResources)
 		{
-#ifdef WSM
 		    enum { 
 		      XA_DT_SESSION_HINTS, XA_DT_SM_WM_PROTOCOL,
 		      XA_DT_SM_START_ACK_WINDOWS, XA_DT_SM_STOP_ACK_WINDOWS,
@@ -740,7 +704,6 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
 		    wmGD.xa_DT_WM_EXIT_SESSION = atoms[XA_DT_WM_EXIT_SESSION];
                     wmGD.xa_DT_WM_LOCK_DISPLAY = atoms[XA_DT_WM_LOCK_DISPLAY];
                     wmGD.xa_DT_WM_READY = atoms[XA_DT_WM_READY];
-#endif /* WSM */
 #ifndef NO_OL_COMPAT
 		    InitOLCompat();
 #endif /* NO_OL_COMPAT */
@@ -780,7 +743,6 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
 
 		    wmGD.pLockMaskSequence = NULL;
 		    SetupLockingModifierMask ();
-#ifdef WSM
 		    wmGD.requestContextWin = (Window) 0L;
 		    wmGD.cppCommand = NULL;
 		    wmGD.evLastButton.button = 0;
@@ -840,7 +802,6 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
 					  args,
 					  argnum);
 
-#endif /* WSM */
 		    
 
 		    /* 
@@ -871,9 +832,7 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
 		InitWmScreen (&(wmGD.Screens[scr]), sNum);
 		wmGD.Screens[scr].managed = True;
 		managed++;
-#ifdef WSM
 		GetDtSessionHints(&(wmGD.Screens[scr]), sNum);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 		if (!activeSet) 
 		{
@@ -893,7 +852,6 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
 	    ExitWM (WM_ERROR_EXIT_VALUE);
 	}
     }
-#ifdef WSM
     /*  
      * Initialize the IPC mechanism
      */
@@ -917,8 +875,6 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
     XtSetValues (wmGD.topLevelW, args, argnum);
     XtSetValues (wmGD.topLevelW1, args, argnum);
 
-#endif /* WSM */
-    
 
     /*
      * Prepare to have child processes (e.g., exec'ed commands).
@@ -933,7 +889,6 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
 	ExitWM (WM_ERROR_EXIT_VALUE);
     }
 
-#ifdef WSM
 
     {
       enum { XA_DT_WORKSPACE_HINTS, XA_DT_WORKSPACE_PRESENCE,
@@ -959,7 +914,6 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
       wmGD.xa_DT_WORKSPACE_CURRENT = atoms[XA_DT_WORKSPACE_CURRENT];
     }
 
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /* Initialize properties used in session management. */
     wmGD.xa_SM_CLIENT_ID =
@@ -994,13 +948,11 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
 
 	if (pSD->managed)
 	{
-#ifdef WSM
 	    if (XDefaultScreen (wmGD.display) == pSD->screen)
 	    {
 		wmGD.commandWindow = wmGD.Screens[scr].wmWorkspaceWin;
 	    }
 
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    /*
 	     * Initialize workspace colormap data.
 	     */
@@ -1045,7 +997,6 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
      * convert DT 2.0 syntax to DT 3.0
      */
     DeleteTempConfigFileIfAny();
-#ifdef WSM
     /*
      * Point second display's resource data base
      * to the first display's resource data base
@@ -1054,7 +1005,6 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
      *  NEW LOCATION
      */
       wmGD.display1->db = wmGD.display->db;
-#endif /*  WSM */
 
     /*
      * Realize the top level widget, make the window override
@@ -1062,7 +1012,6 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
      */
 
     XtRealizeWidget (wmGD.topLevelW);
-#ifdef WSM
     XtRealizeWidget (wmGD.topLevelW1);
 
     /*
@@ -1071,7 +1020,6 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
      *  is required for ICCCM-style messaging).
      */
     dtInitializeMessaging (wmGD.topLevelW);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     sAttributes.override_redirect = True;
     XChangeWindowAttributes (DISPLAY, XtWindow (wmGD.topLevelW),
@@ -1085,9 +1033,7 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
      * Use the WM_SAVE_YOURSELF protocol
      * for notification of when to save ourself
      */
-#ifdef WSM
     SetMwmSaveSessionInfo(wmGD.commandWindow);
-#endif
     /*
      * Initialize window manager event handling:
      */
@@ -1133,15 +1079,12 @@ void InitWmGlobal (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
 
         for (scr = 0; scr < wmGD.numScreens; scr++)
         {
-#ifdef WSM
 	    int iws;
-#endif /* WSM */
             pSD = &(wmGD.Screens[scr]);
 	    
             if (pSD->managed)
             {
                 ACTIVE_PSD = &wmGD.Screens[scr];
-#ifdef WSM
                 MapIconBoxes (pSD->pActiveWS);
 
 		ChangeBackdrop (pSD->pActiveWS);
@@ -1217,9 +1160,6 @@ XFlush (DISPLAY);
 		}
 		
 		RestoreHelpDialogs(pSD);
-#else /* WSM */
-                MapIconBoxes (pSD->pActiveWS);
-#endif /* WSM */
             }
         }
         firstTime = 0;
@@ -1227,17 +1167,12 @@ XFlush (DISPLAY);
     
     InitKeyboardFocus ();
 
-#ifndef WSM
-    InitWmDisplayEnv ();
-#endif
     ShowWaitState (FALSE);
 
-#ifdef WSM
     /*
      * Tell the rest of DT that we're up
      */
     dtReadyNotification();
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 #ifdef DEBUG_RESOURCE_DATABASE
     XrmPutFileDatabase(wmGD.display->db, "/tmp/dtwm.resDB");
@@ -1271,12 +1206,10 @@ InitWmScreen (WmScreenData *pSD, int sNum)
     Arg args[12];
     int argnum;
 
-#ifdef WSM
     int wsnum;
     WmWorkspaceData *pwsI;
     int buf_size;
     int iwsx;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     char *pDisplayName;
 #define LENCBUFFER 256
@@ -1330,11 +1263,10 @@ InitWmScreen (WmScreenData *pSD, int sNum)
     pSD->bitmapCacheCount = 0;
     pSD->dataType = SCREEN_DATA_TYPE;
     pSD->managed = False;
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
     pSD->cciTree = NULL;
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
-#ifdef WSM
     pSD->initialWorkspace=NULL;
     pSD->presence.shellW = NULL;
     pSD->presence.onScreen = False;
@@ -1363,14 +1295,12 @@ InitWmScreen (WmScreenData *pSD, int sNum)
     pSD->woS = (Window) 0L;
     pSD->woE = (Window) 0L;
     pSD->woW = (Window) 0L;
-#endif /* WSM */
     pSD->wPanelist = NULL;
     pSD->pECD = NULL;
     pSD->numPushRecallClients = 0;
     pSD->numEmbeddedClients = 0;
     pSD->pPRCD = NULL;
     pSD->iconBoxControl = False;
-#ifdef WSM
     pSD->displayResolutionType = _DtGetDisplayResolution(DISPLAY, sNum);
 
     /*
@@ -1398,7 +1328,6 @@ InitWmScreen (WmScreenData *pSD, int sNum)
 	}
     } /* if wmGD.screenNames[sNum] == UNSPECIFIED_SCREEN_NAME */
 
-#endif /* WSM */
     /*
      * Save screen context
      */
@@ -1429,7 +1358,7 @@ InitWmScreen (WmScreenData *pSD, int sNum)
 					       args,
 					       argnum);
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
     /* Create a DrawingArea as a child of the popupShell.  This will be used
      * to handle UTM traffic relating to cci.  We need this
      * particular widget to get the callbacks from conversion requests made
@@ -1449,9 +1378,8 @@ InitWmScreen (WmScreenData *pSD, int sNum)
     /* Must realize to own WM_i if unmapped, causes mwm to
        freeze when menu is displayed. */
     XtPopup(pSD->screenTopLevelW, XtGrabNone);
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
-#ifdef WSM
     argnum = 0;
     XtSetArg (args[argnum], XtNgeometry, NULL);			argnum++;
     XtSetArg (args[argnum], XtNx, 10000);			argnum++;
@@ -1474,7 +1402,7 @@ InitWmScreen (WmScreenData *pSD, int sNum)
 					       args,
 					       argnum);
     XtRealizeWidget (pSD->screenTopLevelW1);
-#endif /* WSM */
+
     /*
      * Fetch screen based resources
      */
@@ -1486,7 +1414,6 @@ InitWmScreen (WmScreenData *pSD, int sNum)
     MakeXorGC (pSD);
     InitIconSize(pSD);
 
-#ifdef WSM
     /*
      *  Complete initialization of workspace structures
      */
@@ -1535,24 +1462,6 @@ InitWmScreen (WmScreenData *pSD, int sNum)
 	/* make first workspace in list the active one to start with */
 	pSD->pActiveWS = pSD->pWS;
     }
-#else /* WSM */
-    /*
-     *  Allocate and initialize a workspace structure
-     */
-    
-    if (!(pSD->pWS = (WmWorkspaceData *) XtMalloc (sizeof(WmWorkspaceData))))
-    {
-	ShowWaitState (FALSE);
-	Warning (((char *)GETMESSAGE(40, 8, "Insufficient memory for Workspace data")));
-	ExitWM (WM_ERROR_EXIT_VALUE);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Set up workspace for this screen
-     */
-    InitWmWorkspace (pSD->pWS, pSD);
-    pSD->pActiveWS = pSD->pWS;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
     pDisplayName = DisplayString (DISPLAY);
@@ -1627,14 +1536,10 @@ void InitWmWorkspace (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, WmScreenData *pSD)
     Arg args[10];
     int argnum;
 
-#ifndef WSM
-#define DEFAULT_WS_NAME "workspace"
-#endif /* not WSM */
 
     pWS->pSD = pSD;
     pWS->pIconBox = NULL;
     pWS->dataType = WORKSPACE_DATA_TYPE;
-#ifdef WSM
     pWS->backdrop.window = 0;
     pWS->backdrop.nameAtom = 0;
     pWS->backdrop.image = NULL;
@@ -1642,16 +1547,6 @@ void InitWmWorkspace (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, WmScreenData *pSD)
     pWS->sizeClientList = 0;
     pWS->ppClients = 0;
     pWS->buttonW = NULL;
-#else /* WSM */
-
-    if ((pWS->name = (char *) 
-	    XtMalloc ((1+strlen(DEFAULT_WS_NAME)) * sizeof (char))) == NULL)
-    {
-	ShowWaitState (FALSE);
-	ExitWM (WM_ERROR_EXIT_VALUE);
-    }
-    strcpy (pWS->name, DEFAULT_WS_NAME);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /*
      * Create widget for workspace resource hierarchy
@@ -1672,10 +1567,8 @@ void InitWmWorkspace (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, WmScreenData *pSD)
 					   	args,
 						argnum);
 
-#ifdef WSM
     /* internalize the workspace name */
     pWS->id = XInternAtom (DISPLAY, pWS->name, False);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /*
      * Process workspace based resources
@@ -1690,8 +1583,7 @@ void InitWmWorkspace (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, WmScreenData *pSD)
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION  InitWmWorkspace */
 
-#ifdef WSM
+
-
 /******************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  InsureDefaultBackdropDir(char **ppchBackdropDirs)
@@ -1815,7 +1707,6 @@ InsureDefaultBackdropDir(char **ppchBackdropDirs)
     }
   
 } /* END OF FUNCTION InsureDefaultBackdropDirs */
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 /*************************************<->*************************************
@@ -1903,10 +1794,8 @@ void SetupWmWorkspaceWindows (void)
 			(long) ((wmGD.useStandardBehavior) ?
                         MWM_INFO_STARTUP_STANDARD : MWM_INFO_STARTUP_CUSTOM), 
 			pSD->wmWorkspaceWin);
-#ifdef WSM
 	    XSaveContext (DISPLAY, pSD->wmWorkspaceWin, 
 		    wmGD.mwmWindowContextType, (caddr_t)pSD);
-#endif /* WSM */
 	}
     }
 
@@ -2181,9 +2070,7 @@ void CopyArgv (int argc, char *argv [])
     {
 	Warning (((char *)GETMESSAGE(40, 10, "Insufficient memory for window manager data")));
 	wmGD.argv = argv;
-#ifdef WSM
 	dpy2Argv = argv;
-#endif /* WSM */
     }
     else
     {
@@ -2192,7 +2079,6 @@ void CopyArgv (int argc, char *argv [])
 	    wmGD.argv[i] = argv[i];
 	}
 	wmGD.argv[i] = NULL;
-#ifdef WSM
 	if ((dpy2Argv = (char **)XtMalloc((argc + 1) * sizeof(char *))) == NULL)
 	{
 	    Warning (((char *)GETMESSAGE(40, 11, "Insufficient memory for window manager data")));
@@ -2207,7 +2093,6 @@ void CopyArgv (int argc, char *argv [])
 	    dpy2Argc = argc;
 	    dpy2Argv[i] = NULL;
 	}
-#endif /* WSM */
     }
     
 } /* END OF FUNCTION CopyArgv */
@@ -2257,11 +2142,7 @@ void InitScreenNames (void)
 	    ExitWM (WM_ERROR_EXIT_VALUE);
 	}
 	/* default name is left justified, 3-chars max, zero terminated */
-#ifdef WSM
 	sprintf((char *)wmGD.screenNames[num], UNSPECIFIED_SCREEN_NAME);
-#else  /* WSM */
-	sprintf((char *)wmGD.screenNames[num],"%d",num%1000);
-#endif /* WSM */
     }
 }
 #ifndef NO_MESSAGE_CATALOG
@@ -2271,14 +2152,12 @@ void InitNlsStrings (void)
 {
     char * tmpString;
 
-#ifdef WSM
     /*
      * Initialize messages
      */
     wmGD.okLabel=XmStringCreateLocalized((String)_DtOkString);
     wmGD.cancelLabel=XmStringCreateLocalized((String)_DtCancelString);
     wmGD.helpLabel=XmStringCreateLocalized((String)_DtHelpString);
-#endif /* WSM */    
 
     /*
      * catgets returns a pointer to an area that is over written
@@ -2297,7 +2176,6 @@ void InitNlsStrings (void)
 	strcpy(wmNLS.default_icon_box_title, tmpString);
     }
 
-#ifdef WSM
     tmpString = ((char *)GETMESSAGE(40, 20, "%s: %s on line %d of configuration file %s\n"));
     if ((pWarningStringFile =
 	 (char *)XtMalloc ((unsigned int) (strlen(tmpString) + 1))) == NULL)
@@ -2358,7 +2236,6 @@ void InitNlsStrings (void)
     {
 	strcpy(wmNLS.defaultHelpTitle, tmpString);
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 } /* InitNlsStrings  */
 #endif
@@ -2409,9 +2286,7 @@ InitWmDisplayEnv (void)
     else
     {
 	strcpy(wmGD.displayString, buffer);
-#ifdef WSM
 	putenv(wmGD.displayString);
-#endif /* WSM */
     }
     
 } /* END OF FUNCTION  InitWmDisplayEnv */
@@ -2654,6 +2529,4 @@ VirtKeys4DIN(
 }
 #endif /* NO_HP_KEY_REMAP */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 /****************************   eof    ***************************/
-#endif /* WSM */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmInitWs.h

@@ -43,6 +43,4 @@ extern void InitScreenNames (void);
 #ifndef NO_MESSAGE_CATALOG
 extern void InitNlsStrings( void ) ;
 #endif
-#ifdef WSM
 extern void InitWmDisplayEnv( void ) ;
-#endif /* WSM */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmKeyFocus.c

@@ -358,14 +358,12 @@ void SetKeyboardFocus (ClientData *pCD, long focusFlags)
 
 void ResetExplicitSelectHandling (ClientData *pCD)
 {
-#ifdef WSM
     Boolean bUnseen;
 
     bUnseen = (pCD->clientState & UNSEEN_STATE) ? True : False;
     if (bUnseen)
 	pCD->clientState &= ~UNSEEN_STATE;
 
-#endif /* WSM */
     if ((pCD->clientState == NORMAL_STATE) ||
 	(pCD->clientState == MAXIMIZED_STATE))
     {
@@ -383,11 +381,9 @@ void ResetExplicitSelectHandling (ClientData *pCD)
 
 	/* !!! grab reset if client icon window? !!! */
     }
-#ifdef WSM
 
     if (bUnseen)
 	pCD->clientState |= UNSEEN_STATE;
-#endif /* WSM */
     
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION ResetExplicitSelectHandling */    
@@ -500,9 +496,7 @@ void SetFocusIndication (ClientData *pCD)
 void ClearFocusIndication (ClientData *pCD, Boolean refresh)
 {
     ClientData *saveCD;
-#ifdef WSM
     Boolean bUnseen;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /* 
      * Set the "focus" to NULL to insure correct display of the frame 
@@ -512,11 +506,9 @@ void ClearFocusIndication (ClientData *pCD, Boolean refresh)
 
     saveCD = wmGD.keyboardFocus;
     wmGD.keyboardFocus = NULL;
-#ifdef WSM
     bUnseen = (pCD->clientState & UNSEEN_STATE) ? True : False;
     if (bUnseen)
 	pCD->clientState &= ~UNSEEN_STATE;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     if ((pCD->clientState == NORMAL_STATE) ||
 	(pCD->clientState == MAXIMIZED_STATE))
@@ -536,10 +528,8 @@ void ClearFocusIndication (ClientData *pCD, Boolean refresh)
 	ShowInactiveIcon (pCD, refresh);
     }
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if (bUnseen) 
 	pCD->clientState |= UNSEEN_STATE;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /* restore old keyboard focus */
     wmGD.keyboardFocus = saveCD;
@@ -1313,9 +1303,7 @@ Boolean CheckForKeyFocus (ClientListEntry *pNextEntry, unsigned long type, Boole
      */
 
     if (((pNextEntry->type == NORMAL_STATE) &&
-#ifdef WSM
          (!(pCD->clientState & UNSEEN_STATE)) &&
-#endif /* WSM */
 	 (pCD->clientState != MINIMIZED_STATE)) ||
 	((pNextEntry->type == MINIMIZED_STATE) &&
 	 (pCD->clientState == MINIMIZED_STATE)))
@@ -1475,9 +1463,7 @@ void AutoResetKeyFocus (ClientData *pcdNoFocus, Time focusTime)
 	{
 	    if ((pNextEntry->type != MINIMIZED_STATE) &&
 	        (pCD->clientState != MINIMIZED_STATE) &&
-#ifdef WSM
 	        (!(pCD->clientState & UNSEEN_STATE)) &&
-#endif /* WSM */
 	        (pCD != pcdNoFocus))
 	    {
 	        if (pCD->transientChildren)

cde/programs/dtwm/WmMain.c

@@ -39,10 +39,8 @@
 #ifndef NO_MULTIBYTE
 #include <locale.h>
 #endif
-#ifdef WSM
 #include <Dt/Message.h>
 #include <Dt/EnvControlP.h>
-#endif /* WSM */
 /*
  * include extern functions
  */
@@ -51,24 +49,17 @@
 #include "WmEvent.h"
 #include "WmInitWs.h"
 #include "WmError.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmIPC.h"
 #include "WmBackdrop.h"
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 /*
  * Function Declarations:
  */
-#ifdef WSM
 int WmReturnIdentity (int argc, char *argv[], char *environ[]);
 #define ManagedRoot(w) (!XFindContext (DISPLAY, (w), wmGD.screenContextType, \
 (caddr_t *)&pSD) ? (SetActiveScreen (pSD), True) : \
 (IsBackdropWindow (ACTIVE_PSD, (w))))
-#else /* WSM */
-#define ManagedRoot(w) (!XFindContext (DISPLAY, (w), wmGD.screenContextType, \
-(caddr_t *)&pSD) ? (SetActiveScreen (pSD), True) : False)
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 WmScreenData *pSD;
 
@@ -80,9 +71,7 @@ WmGlobalData wmGD;
 #ifndef NO_MESSAGE_CATALOG
 NlsStrings wmNLS;
 #endif
-#ifdef WSM
 int WmIdentity;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 
@@ -116,7 +105,6 @@ main (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
     setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
 
 #ifndef NO_MULTIBYTE
-#ifdef WSM
     /*
      * Set up environment variables for this HP DT client
      */
@@ -130,22 +118,18 @@ main (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
      {
 	 char * foo = ((char *)GETMESSAGE(44, 1, ""));
      }
-#endif /* WSM */
     XtSetLanguageProc (NULL, (XtLanguageProc)NULL, NULL);
 #endif
-#ifdef WSM
     /*  
      * Get Identity
      */
     WmIdentity = WmReturnIdentity(argc, argv, environ);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /*
      * Initialize the workspace:
      */
 
     InitWmGlobal (argc, argv, environ);
-#ifdef WSM
 
     /*
      * Set up PATH variable if it must run as standalone command
@@ -155,7 +139,6 @@ main (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
     {
 	_DtEnvControl(DT_ENV_SET_BIN);
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
     
     /*
      * MAIN EVENT HANDLING LOOP:
@@ -175,7 +158,6 @@ main (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
 
 	wmGD.attributesWindow = 0L;
 
-#ifdef WSM
 	if ((event.type == ButtonPress) || 
 	    (event.type == ButtonRelease))
 	{
@@ -192,7 +174,6 @@ main (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
 		wmGD.bReplayedButton = False;
 	    }
 	}
-#endif /* WSM */
 	dispatchEvent = True;
 	if (wmGD.menuActive)
 	{
@@ -231,7 +212,6 @@ main (int argc, char *argv [], char *environ [])
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION main */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 /******************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  WmReturnIdentity (argc, argv, environ)
@@ -296,7 +276,5 @@ int WmReturnIdentity ( int argc, char *argv[], char *environ[])
 	return(retVal);
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION WmReturnIdentity */
-#endif /* WSM */
+
-#ifdef WSM
 /*************************     eof   ******************************/
-#endif /* WSM */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmManage.c

@@ -61,10 +61,8 @@
 #include "WmWinInfo.h"
 #include "WmWinList.h"
 #include "WmWinState.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmPresence.h"
 #include "WmWrkspace.h"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #include "WmXSMP.h"
 
 
@@ -122,11 +120,9 @@ void AdoptInitialClients (WmScreenData *pSD)
     Window  root;
     Window  parent;
     Window *clients;
-#ifdef WSM
     int nAncillaries, iAnc;
     Window *pAncillaryWindows, *pWin1;
     WmWorkspaceData *pWS0;
-#endif /* WSM */
     unsigned int     nclients;
     ClientData *pcd = NULL;
     PropWMState *wmStateProp;
@@ -134,7 +130,6 @@ void AdoptInitialClients (WmScreenData *pSD)
     int i,j;
     long manageFlags;
 
-#ifdef WSM
     /* 
      * Generate list of ancillary windows (not to be managed)
      */
@@ -156,7 +151,6 @@ void AdoptInitialClients (WmScreenData *pSD)
     *pWin1++ = XtWindow (pSD->screenTopLevelW);
     *pWin1 = pSD->activeIconTextWin;
 
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /*
      * Look for mapped top-level windows and start managing them:
@@ -192,21 +186,11 @@ void AdoptInitialClients (WmScreenData *pSD)
 	for (i = 0; i < nclients; i++)
 	{
 	    /* determine if the client window should be managed by wm */
-#ifdef WSM
             if (InWindowList (clients[i], pAncillaryWindows, nAncillaries))
             {
 		/* don't manage ancillary window manager windows */
                 continue;
 	    }
-#else /* WSM */
-            if ((clients[i] == XtWindow (pSD->screenTopLevelW)) ||
-		(clients[i] == XtWindow (pSD->pActiveWS->workspaceTopLevelW)) ||
-		(clients[i] == pSD->activeIconTextWin))
-            {
-		/* don't manage ancillary window manager windows */
-                continue;
-	    }
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    if (!XFindContext (DISPLAY, clients[i], wmGD.windowContextType,
 	        (caddr_t *)&pcd)) 
 	    {
@@ -271,12 +255,10 @@ void AdoptInitialClients (WmScreenData *pSD)
 	}
     }
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if (pAncillaryWindows)
     {
 	XtFree ((char *) pAncillaryWindows);
     }
-#endif /* WSM  */
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION AdoptInitialClients */
 
@@ -317,9 +299,7 @@ ManageWindow (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
     int initialState;
     int i;
     Boolean sendConfigNotify;
-#ifdef WSM
     WmWorkspaceData *pwsi;
-#endif /* WSM */
     WmFpEmbeddedClientData *pECD;
 
     /*
@@ -364,7 +344,6 @@ ManageWindow (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
 	     *   ...then we've embedded it in the front
 	     *   panel--no further processing required.
 	     */
-#ifdef WSM
 	    if (smAckState == SM_START_ACK)
 	    {
 		SendClientMsg( wmGD.dtSmWindow, 
@@ -372,7 +351,6 @@ ManageWindow (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
 			      (long) wmGD.xa_DT_WM_WINDOW_ACK,
 			      CurrentTime, NULL, 0);
 	    }
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    return;
 	}
     }
@@ -389,7 +367,6 @@ ManageWindow (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
     }
 #endif 
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if (pCD->inputMode == MWM_INPUT_SYSTEM_MODAL)
     {
 	/*
@@ -401,7 +378,6 @@ ManageWindow (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
 	F_AddToAllWorkspaces(0, pCD, 0);
 	pCD->dtwmFunctions &= ~DtWM_FUNCTION_OCCUPY_WS;
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
     if (manageFlags & MANAGEW_WM_RESTART)
     {
 	if (manageFlags & MANAGEW_WM_RESTART_ICON)
@@ -469,7 +445,6 @@ ManageWindow (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
      * window.
      */
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if ((pCD->clientFunctions & MWM_FUNC_MINIMIZE) &&
 	(pCD->transientLeader == NULL))
     {
@@ -550,21 +525,6 @@ ManageWindow (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
 	    }
 	}
     }
-#else /* WSM */
-    if ((pCD->clientFunctions & MWM_FUNC_MINIMIZE) &&
-        (pCD->transientLeader == NULL) && 
-	  !MakeIcon (pCD->pSD->pActiveWS, pCD))
-    {
-	/*
-	 * Error in making an icon for the client window; clean up the wm
-	 * resources; do not manage the client window.
-	 */
-
-	UnManageWindow (pCD);
-	return;
-    }
-#endif /* WSM */
-
 
     /*
      * Register window contexts to facilitate event handling:
@@ -584,13 +544,6 @@ ManageWindow (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
 	XSaveContext (DISPLAY, pCD->clientTitleWin, wmGD.windowContextType,
 	    (caddr_t)pCD);
     }
-#ifndef WSM
-    if (pCD->iconFrameWin)
-    {
-	XSaveContext (DISPLAY, pCD->iconFrameWin, wmGD.windowContextType,
-	    (caddr_t)pCD);
-    }
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     if (pCD->clientCmapCount > 0)
     {
@@ -621,15 +574,6 @@ ManageWindow (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
 	SetupCButtonBindings (pCD->clientBaseWin, BUTTON_SPECS(pCD));
     }
 
-#ifndef WSM
-    if (pCD->iconWindow && pCD->iconFrameWin)
-    {
-	XGrabButton (DISPLAY, AnyButton, AnyModifier, pCD->iconFrameWin, True,
-	    ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | ButtonMotionMask,
-	    GrabModeAsync, GrabModeAsync, None, wmGD.workspaceCursor);
-    }
-#endif /* WSM */
-
     /*
      * Setup key binding handling for system menu accelerators.
      */
@@ -639,7 +583,6 @@ ManageWindow (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
     {
 	SetupKeyBindings (pCD->systemMenuSpec->accelKeySpecs,
 			  pCD->clientFrameWin, GrabModeSync, F_CONTEXT_ALL);
-#ifdef WSM
 	for (i = 0; i < pCD->numInhabited; i++)
 	{
 	    if (!pCD->pWsList[i].pIconBox && pCD->pWsList[i].iconFrameWin)
@@ -649,36 +592,20 @@ ManageWindow (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
 			      F_CONTEXT_ALL);
 	    }
 	}
-#else /* WSM */
-	if (!pCD->pIconBox && pCD->iconFrameWin)
-	{
-	    SetupKeyBindings (pCD->systemMenuSpec->accelKeySpecs,
-			      pCD->iconFrameWin, GrabModeSync, F_CONTEXT_ALL);
-	}
-#endif /* WSM */
     }
 
-#ifdef WSM
   for (i = 0; i < pCD->numInhabited; i++)
   {
     if (!pCD->pWsList[i].pIconBox && pCD->pWsList[i].iconFrameWin)
-#else /* WSM */
-    if (!pCD->pIconBox && pCD->iconFrameWin)
-#endif /* WSM */
     {
 	static int iconKeySpec = 1;
 	static int iconAccelSpec = 1;
 
         if ((iconKeySpec != 0) && KEY_SPECS(pCD))
         {
-#ifdef WSM
 	    iconKeySpec = SetupKeyBindings (KEY_SPECS(pCD), 
 				pCD->pWsList[i].iconFrameWin,
 				GrabModeSync, F_CONTEXT_ICON);
-#else /* WSM */
-	    iconKeySpec = SetupKeyBindings (KEY_SPECS(pCD), pCD->iconFrameWin,
-				GrabModeSync, F_CONTEXT_ICON);
-#endif /* WSM */
         }
 
         if ((iconAccelSpec != 0) && ACCELERATOR_MENU_COUNT(pCD))
@@ -688,23 +615,14 @@ ManageWindow (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
 	    iconAccelSpec = 0;
 	    for (n= 0; n < pSD->acceleratorMenuCount; n++)
 	    {
-#ifdef WSM
 	        iconAccelSpec += SetupKeyBindings (
 			    ACCELERATOR_MENU_SPECS(pCD)[n]->accelKeySpecs,
 			    pCD->pWsList[i].iconFrameWin, GrabModeSync,
 			    F_CONTEXT_ICON);
-#else /* WSM */
-	        iconAccelSpec += SetupKeyBindings (
-			    ACCELERATOR_MENU_SPECS(pCD)[n]->accelKeySpecs,
-			    pCD->iconFrameWin, GrabModeSync,
-			    F_CONTEXT_ICON);
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    }
 	}
     }
-#ifdef WSM
   }
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
     /*
@@ -716,9 +634,7 @@ ManageWindow (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
 	DoExplicitSelectGrab (pCD->clientBaseWin);
     }
 
-#ifdef WSM
     UpdateWorkspacePresenceProperty(pCD);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
     /*
@@ -741,16 +657,13 @@ ManageWindow (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
      */
 
     initialState = pCD->clientState;
-#ifdef WSM
     if (!ClientInWorkspace (pSD->pActiveWS, pCD))
     {
 	initialState |= UNSEEN_STATE;
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
     pCD->clientState = WITHDRAWN_STATE;
     pCD->clientFlags &= ~WM_INITIALIZATION;
 
-#ifdef WSM
     /* 
      * Add to stacking list using the client's zero'th workspace
      * instead of the current one because it may not be in 
@@ -758,9 +671,6 @@ ManageWindow (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
      */
     AddClientToList (GetWorkspaceData (pSD, pCD->pWsList[0].wsID),
 	pCD, True /*on top*/);
-#else /* WSM */
-    AddClientToList (pSD->pActiveWS, pCD, True /*on top*/);
-#endif /* WSM */
     SetClientState (pCD, initialState, GetTimestamp());
 
     /*
@@ -784,9 +694,7 @@ ManageWindow (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
 	  !(manageFlags &
 	    (MANAGEW_WM_STARTUP | MANAGEW_WM_RESTART | MANAGEW_WM_CLIENTS)) &&
 	  (pCD->clientState != MINIMIZED_STATE) &&
-#ifdef WSM
           !(pCD->clientState & UNSEEN_STATE) &&
-#endif /* WSM */
 	  (pCD->inputFocusModel ||
 	   (pCD->protocolFlags & PROTOCOL_WM_TAKE_FOCUS)))))
     {
@@ -798,7 +706,6 @@ ManageWindow (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
 	Do_Focus_Key ((ClientData *)NULL, GetTimestamp() , ALWAYS_SET_FOCUS);
     }
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if (smAckState == SM_START_ACK)
     {
 	SendClientMsg( wmGD.dtSmWindow, (long) wmGD.xa_DT_SM_WM_PROTOCOL,
@@ -813,7 +720,6 @@ ManageWindow (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
      */
     DiscardInitialPropertyList (pCD);
 
-#endif /* WSM */
     CheckPushRecallClient (pCD);
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION ManageWindow */
@@ -991,9 +897,7 @@ void WithdrawWindow (ClientData *pCD)
      * - make sure the input focus no longer is associted with the window
      * - free the icon placement (if necessary)
      */
-#ifdef WSM
     SetClientWsIndex (pCD);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     if (!(pCD->clientFlags & WM_INITIALIZATION))
     {
@@ -1004,7 +908,6 @@ void WithdrawWindow (ClientData *pCD)
 	ResetWithdrawnFocii (pCD);
 	if (pCD->clientState & MINIMIZED_STATE)
 	{
-#ifdef WSM
 	    if (wmGD.iconAutoPlace && (!(P_ICON_BOX(pCD))))
 	    {
 		WmWorkspaceData *pWsTmp;
@@ -1029,16 +932,6 @@ void WithdrawWindow (ClientData *pCD)
 		    }
 		}
 	    }
-#else /* WSM */
-	    if (wmGD.iconAutoPlace && (!(P_ICON_BOX(pCD))))
-	    {
-		if (ICON_PLACE(pCD) != NO_ICON_PLACE)
-		{
-		pCD->pSD->pActiveWS->IPData.placeList[ICON_PLACE(pCD)].pCD 
-		    = NULL;
-		}
-	    }
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    if (ICON_FRAME_WIN(pCD))
 	    {
 		XUnmapWindow (DISPLAY, ICON_FRAME_WIN(pCD));
@@ -1052,7 +945,6 @@ void WithdrawWindow (ClientData *pCD)
 	    XFlush (DISPLAY);
 	}
     }
-#ifdef WSM
     /* 
      * Clean up the workspace presence dialog if it's
      * connected to this client.
@@ -1066,7 +958,6 @@ void WithdrawWindow (ClientData *pCD)
 	}
 	pCD->pSD->presence.pCDforClient = NULL;
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /*
      * Check to see if the window is being unmanaged because the window
@@ -1094,12 +985,8 @@ void WithdrawWindow (ClientData *pCD)
     if ((pCD->clientFlags & CLIENT_REPARENTED) &&
         !(pCD->clientFlags & CLIENT_DESTROYED))
     {
-#ifdef WSM
 	SetWMState (pCD->client, WithdrawnSTATE, 
 		pCD->pWsList[0].iconFrameWin);
-#else /* WSM */
-	SetWMState (pCD->client, WithdrawnSTATE, ICON_FRAME_WIN(pCD));
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 	if (pCD->maxConfig)
 	{
@@ -1133,13 +1020,8 @@ void WithdrawWindow (ClientData *pCD)
 	if (pCD->iconWindow && (pCD->clientFlags & ICON_REPARENTED))
 	{
 	    XUnmapWindow (DISPLAY, pCD->iconWindow);
-#ifdef WSM
 	    XReparentWindow (DISPLAY, pCD->iconWindow, ROOT_FOR_CLIENT(pCD), 
 			     pCD->pWsList[0].iconX, pCD->pWsList[0].iconY);
-#else /* WSM */
-	    XReparentWindow (DISPLAY, pCD->iconWindow, ROOT_FOR_CLIENT(pCD), 
-			     ICON_X(pCD), ICON_Y(pCD));
-#endif /* WSM */
 	}
     }
 
@@ -1180,11 +1062,7 @@ void WithdrawWindow (ClientData *pCD)
 	XFreePixmap (DISPLAY, pCD->iconPixmap);
     }
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if ((pCD->numInhabited > 0) && ICON_FRAME_WIN(pCD))
-#else /* WSM */
-    if (ICON_FRAME_WIN(pCD))
-#endif /* WSM */
     {
         FreeIcon (pCD);
     }
@@ -1222,8 +1100,6 @@ void WithdrawWindow (ClientData *pCD)
      */
     DeleteClientContext (pCD);
 
-
-#ifdef WSM
     /* 
      * Count backward for efficiency  --  
      *     removes from end of list.
@@ -1234,7 +1110,6 @@ void WithdrawWindow (ClientData *pCD)
 	    GetWorkspaceData(pCD->pSD, pCD->pWsList[i].wsID),
 	    pCD);
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /*
      * Free up window manager resources:
@@ -1283,7 +1158,6 @@ void WithdrawWindow (ClientData *pCD)
 #endif
     }
 
-#ifdef WSM
     /*
      * Insure list of initial properties has been freed.
      */
@@ -1304,7 +1178,6 @@ void WithdrawWindow (ClientData *pCD)
     {
 	XtFree ((char *)pCD->pWorkspaceHints);
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     if (pCD->smClientID)
 	XFree (pCD->smClientID);
@@ -1383,7 +1256,6 @@ void DeleteClientContext (ClientData *pCD)
 	}
 	if (ICON_FRAME_WIN(pCD)) 
 	{
-#ifdef WSM
             int k;
 
 	    for (k=0; k < pCD->numInhabited; k++)
@@ -1391,10 +1263,6 @@ void DeleteClientContext (ClientData *pCD)
 		XDeleteContext (DISPLAY, pCD->pWsList[k].iconFrameWin, 
 				 wmGD.windowContextType);
 	    }
-#else /* WSM */
-	    XDeleteContext (DISPLAY, pCD->iconFrameWin, 
-	                     wmGD.windowContextType);
-#endif /* WSM */
 	}
 	pCD->clientFlags &= ~CLIENT_CONTEXT_SAVED;
     }
@@ -1570,10 +1438,8 @@ void FreeClientFrame (ClientData *pCD)
 
 void FreeIcon (ClientData *pCD)
 {
-#ifdef WSM
     WmWorkspaceData *pWsTmp;
     int i;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     if (pCD->piconTopShadows) {
 	FreeRList (pCD->piconTopShadows);
@@ -1588,7 +1454,6 @@ void FreeIcon (ClientData *pCD)
      * destroy frame window & all children 
      */
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if ((pCD->pSD->useIconBox) && pCD->pWsList[0].pIconBox)
     {
 	/* 
@@ -1613,16 +1478,6 @@ void FreeIcon (ClientData *pCD)
 	    XDestroyWindow (DISPLAY, pCD->pWsList[0].iconFrameWin);
 	}
     }
-#else /* WSM */
-    if (pCD->pSD->useIconBox && P_ICON_BOX(pCD))
-    {
-	DeleteIconFromBox (pCD->pSD->pActiveWS->pIconBox, pCD);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-	XDestroyWindow (DISPLAY, pCD->iconFrameWin);
-    }
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION FreeIcon */
 
@@ -1652,9 +1507,7 @@ void FreeIcon (ClientData *pCD)
 
 void WithdrawDialog (Widget dialogboxW)
 {
-#ifdef WSM
     int i;
-#endif /* WSM */
     ClientData *pCD = NULL;
 
     /*
@@ -1667,7 +1520,6 @@ void WithdrawDialog (Widget dialogboxW)
 
     XtUnmanageChild (dialogboxW);
     DeleteClientFromList (ACTIVE_WS, pCD);
-#ifdef WSM
     /* TakeClientOutOfWorkspace (ACTIVE_WS, pCD); */
 
     /* 
@@ -1680,7 +1532,7 @@ void WithdrawDialog (Widget dialogboxW)
 	    GetWorkspaceData(pCD->pSD, pCD->pWsList[i].wsID),
 	    pCD);
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
+
     ResetWithdrawnFocii (pCD);
     XUnmapWindow (DISPLAY, pCD->clientFrameWin);
 
@@ -1727,7 +1579,6 @@ void ReManageDialog (WmScreenData *pSD, Widget dialogboxW)
      * The order is important here:
      */
 
-#ifdef WSM
     /*
      * Put system modal windows in all workspaces to
      * avoid the race condition of the window coming up
@@ -1742,7 +1593,6 @@ void ReManageDialog (WmScreenData *pSD, Widget dialogboxW)
     pCD->dtwmFunctions |= DtWM_FUNCTION_OCCUPY_WS;
     F_AddToAllWorkspaces(0, pCD, 0);
     pCD->dtwmFunctions &= ~DtWM_FUNCTION_OCCUPY_WS;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     if (pSD->clientList)
     {
@@ -2276,9 +2126,7 @@ ManageEmbeddedClient (
     pECD->pCD = pCD;
     pCD->pECD = (void *) pECD;
 
-#ifdef WSM
     SetClientWsIndex(pCD);
-#endif
     SetClientWMState (pCD, NormalState, NORMAL_STATE);
 
     /*

cde/programs/dtwm/WmMenu.c

@@ -42,9 +42,9 @@
 #include "WmCEvent.h"
 #include "WmResource.h"
 #include "WmResParse.h"
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 # include "WmDebug.h"
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 #include <stdio.h>
 
 #include <X11/Shell.h>
@@ -83,16 +83,14 @@
 #include "WmIconBox.h"
 #include "WmImage.h"
 #include "WmError.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmWrkspace.h"
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 static void UnmapCallback (Widget w, XtPointer client_data,
 			   XtPointer call_data);
 static MenuItem *DuplicateMenuItems (MenuItem *menuItems);
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 static MenuExclusion *DuplicateMenuExclusions(MenuExclusion *exclusions);
 static Boolean FindClientCommandMatch (MenuSpec *menuSpec,
 				       String clientCommand,
@@ -108,7 +106,7 @@ static void InsertTreeOnClient (WmScreenData *pSD, ClientData *pCD,
 static MenuSpec *MakeMenuSpec (String menuName, CARD32 commandID);
 static void UnmapPulldownCallback (Widget w, XtPointer client_data,
 				   XtPointer call_data);
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 
 
@@ -151,9 +149,9 @@ static void UnmapPulldownCallback (Widget w, XtPointer client_data,
  * 
  *************************************<->***********************************/
 MenuSpec *MakeMenu (WmScreenData *pSD,
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 		    ClientData *pCD,
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 		    String menuName, Context initialContext,
 		    Context accelContext, MenuItem *moreMenuItems,
 		    Boolean fSystemMenu)
@@ -215,7 +213,7 @@ MenuSpec *MakeMenu (WmScreenData *pSD,
 
     if (moreMenuItems != NULL)
     {
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 	if ((newMenuSpec = DuplicateMenuSpec(menuSpec)) == (MenuSpec *)NULL)
 	    return NULL;
 #else
@@ -384,7 +382,7 @@ void CheckTerminalSeparator(menuSpec, buttonWidget, manage)
 
 
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  MakeMenuSpec (menuName, commandID)
@@ -512,7 +510,6 @@ DuplicateMenuItems (MenuItem *menuItems)
 	newMenuItem->wmFunction = curMenuItem->wmFunction;
 
 	if ((curMenuItem->wmFunction == F_Send_Msg)
-#ifdef WSM
 	    || (curMenuItem->wmFunction == F_Set_Context)
 	    /*
 	     * NOTE: For now, in dtwm this function is used only
@@ -524,7 +521,6 @@ DuplicateMenuItems (MenuItem *menuItems)
 	     * the WmActionArg.  11/20/96
 	     */
 	    || (curMenuItem->wmFunction == F_Action)
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    )
 	  newMenuItem->wmFuncArgs = curMenuItem->wmFuncArgs;
 	else if (curMenuItem->wmFuncArgs != (String) NULL)
@@ -534,7 +530,7 @@ DuplicateMenuItems (MenuItem *menuItems)
 
 	newMenuItem->greyedContext = curMenuItem->greyedContext;
 	newMenuItem->mgtMask = curMenuItem->mgtMask;
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 	newMenuItem->clientCommandName = 
 	  XtNewString(curMenuItem->clientCommandName);
 	newMenuItem->clientCommandID = curMenuItem->clientCommandID;
@@ -546,7 +542,7 @@ DuplicateMenuItems (MenuItem *menuItems)
 }
 
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  DuplicateMenuExclusions (exclusions)
@@ -665,7 +661,7 @@ DuplicateMenuSpec (MenuSpec *menuSpec)
     newMenuSpec->menuButtonCount = 0;
     newMenuSpec->accelContext = menuSpec->accelContext;
     newMenuSpec->accelKeySpecs = (KeySpec *) NULL;
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
     newMenuSpec->exclusions = DuplicateMenuExclusions(menuSpec->exclusions);
     newMenuSpec->clientLocal = TRUE;
     newMenuSpec->commandID = menuSpec->commandID;
@@ -676,7 +672,7 @@ DuplicateMenuSpec (MenuSpec *menuSpec)
 }
 
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  MakeMenuItem (label, wmFunction, funcArgs, mnemonic, accelText)
@@ -2867,7 +2863,7 @@ void ModifyClientCommandTree (WmScreenData *pSD,
 				  modifier, context, newname);
     }
 }
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
@@ -2983,7 +2979,7 @@ static Boolean AdjustPBs (MenuSpec *menuSpec, ClientData  *pCD,
 	            XtSetSensitive (menuButton->buttonWidget, FALSE);
 	        }
 	    }
-#ifdef WSM
+
 	    if (menuItem->wmFunction == F_Remove)
 	    {
 		/*
@@ -2993,17 +2989,12 @@ static Boolean AdjustPBs (MenuSpec *menuSpec, ClientData  *pCD,
 		fSupported = (pCD && (pCD->numInhabited > 1));
 		XtSetSensitive (menuButton->buttonWidget, fSupported);
 	    }
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 	    if ((menuItem->mgtMask) && pCD)
 	    /* PushButton might not apply */
 	    {
-#ifdef WSM
 	        if ((pCD->clientFunctions & menuItem->mgtMask & MWM_MGT_MASK) ||
 		    (pCD->dtwmFunctions & menuItem->mgtMask & DTWM_MGT_MASK))
-#else /* WSM */
-	        if (pCD->clientFunctions & menuItem->mgtMask)
-#endif /* WSM */
 	        /* function applies -- manage it */
 	        {
 	            if (!menuButton->managed)
@@ -3147,7 +3138,7 @@ static Boolean SavePBInfo (MenuSpec *topMenuSpec, MenuItem *menuItem,
 
 
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  * AdjustTearOffControl (cascade, closure, cbackdata) 
@@ -3348,7 +3339,7 @@ static Boolean CreateClientCommandSeparator (MenuItem *menuItem,
     /* Well, nothing failed so let's create it. */
     return(TRUE);
 }
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
@@ -3394,9 +3385,9 @@ typedef struct _StrList
 } StrList;
 
 Widget CreateMenuWidget (WmScreenData *pSD,
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 			 ClientData *pCD,
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 			 String menuName, Widget parent,
 			 Boolean fTopLevelPane, MenuSpec *topMenuSpec,
 			 MenuItem *moreMenuItems)
@@ -3414,9 +3405,9 @@ Widget CreateMenuWidget (WmScreenData *pSD,
     KeySpec    *accelKeySpec;
     Dimension   menuHeight;
     Boolean     fUseTitleSep = False;
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
     Boolean     labelIsClientCommand = False;
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
     StrList    *stringsToFree = NULL, *sPtr;
     XmString    tmpstr;
 #ifndef	IBM_151913
@@ -3551,9 +3542,9 @@ Widget CreateMenuWidget (WmScreenData *pSD,
     {
         i = 0;
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 	labelIsClientCommand = IsClientCommand(menuItem->label);
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 	if (menuItem->wmFunction == F_Separator)
 	/* 
@@ -3561,7 +3552,7 @@ Widget CreateMenuWidget (WmScreenData *pSD,
 	 * An immediately following title will not have a top separator.
 	 */
 	{
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 	    /* If it is a client command, then we only want to create the
 	     * separator under particular circumstances. Specifically, we
 	     * want to make sure that:
@@ -3586,7 +3577,7 @@ Widget CreateMenuWidget (WmScreenData *pSD,
 		}
 	    }
 	    else
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 	    {
 		children[n] =
 		  XmCreateSeparatorGadget (menuW, SEPARATOR_NAME, 
@@ -3596,9 +3587,9 @@ Widget CreateMenuWidget (WmScreenData *pSD,
 	} /* F_Separator */
 
 	else
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 	    if (!labelIsClientCommand)
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 	/*
          * We will use one of:
 	 *
@@ -3713,11 +3704,11 @@ Widget CreateMenuWidget (WmScreenData *pSD,
 			    i++;
 	                children[n] = XmCreateCascadeButtonGadget (menuW,
 					  CASCADE_BTN_NAME, (ArgList) args, i);
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 			XtAddCallback(children[n], XmNcascadingCallback,
 				      (XtCallbackProc)AdjustTearOffControl,
 				      (XtPointer)subMenuW);
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 		    }
 		    else
 		    /*
@@ -3835,9 +3826,9 @@ Widget CreateMenuWidget (WmScreenData *pSD,
 	 * Increment the children array count if we actually
 	 * created a new child.
 	 */
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 	if (!labelIsClientCommand)
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 	    n++;
 
 	/*
@@ -3957,9 +3948,9 @@ void PostMenu (MenuSpec *menuSpec, ClientData *pCD, int x, int y, unsigned int b
     XButtonPressedEvent event;
     Window           saveWindow;
     Display          *saveDisplay;
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
     Boolean          menuAdjusted;
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
     
     if ((menuSpec == NULL) || (menuSpec->menuWidget == NULL))
     {
@@ -3999,22 +3990,20 @@ void PostMenu (MenuSpec *menuSpec, ClientData *pCD, int x, int y, unsigned int b
      *  change, we may need to remeasure things. (CR 9316)
      */
     
-#ifdef WSM
     if(pCD && pCD->clientFlags & ICON_BOX)
     {
         newContext |= F_CONTEXT_ICONBOX;
     }
 
-#endif /* WSM */
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
     menuAdjusted =
       AdjustTearOffControl(NULL, (XtPointer) (menuSpec->menuWidget), NULL);
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
     if (AdjustPBs (menuSpec, pCD, newContext)
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 	|| menuAdjusted
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 	)
     {
         i = 0;
@@ -4293,7 +4282,7 @@ void MWarning (char *format, char *message)
 
 
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  UnmapPulldownCallback (w, client_data, call_data)
@@ -4319,7 +4308,7 @@ static void UnmapPulldownCallback (Widget w, XtPointer client_data,
 {
     wmGD.menuActive = (MenuSpec *) NULL;
 } /* END OF FUNCTION UnmapPulldownCallback */
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 
 /*************************************<->*************************************

cde/programs/dtwm/WmMenu.h

@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
 /*
  * (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY */
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 # define MAKE_MENU(pSD, pCD, mName, iC, aC, moreItems, sysMenu) \
 	MakeMenu(pSD, pCD, mName, iC, aC, moreItems, sysMenu)
 # define CREATE_MENU_WIDGET(pSD, pCD, mName, parent, fTLP, tSpec, moreItems) \
@@ -43,23 +43,23 @@
 	MakeMenu(pSD, mName, iC, aC, moreItems, sysMenu)
 # define CREATE_MENU_WIDGET(pSD, pCD, mName, parent, fTLP, tSpec, moreItems) \
 	CreateMenuWidget(pSD, mName, parent, fTLP, tSpec, moreItems)
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 extern void ActivateCallback (Widget w, caddr_t client_data, 
 			      caddr_t call_data);
 extern Widget CreateMenuWidget (WmScreenData *pSD,
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 				ClientData *pCD,
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 				String menuName, Widget parent,
 				Boolean fTopLevelPane, MenuSpec *topMenuSpec,
 				MenuItem *moreMenuItems);
 extern void FreeCustomMenuSpec (MenuSpec *menuSpec);
 extern void MWarning (char *format, char *message);
 extern MenuSpec *MakeMenu (WmScreenData *pSD,
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 			   ClientData *pCD,
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 			   String menuName, 
 			   Context initialContext, Context accelContext, 
 			   MenuItem *moreMenuItems, Boolean fSystemMenu);
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ extern void TraversalOff (MenuSpec *menuSpec);
 extern void TraversalOn (MenuSpec *menuSpec);
 extern void UnpostMenu (MenuSpec *menuSpec);
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 extern void InsertTreeOnAllClients (WmScreenData *pSD, CmdTree *tree,
 				    Atom selection, Context active_context,
 				    Boolean in_line);
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ extern void ModifyClientCommandTree (WmScreenData *pSD, ClientData *pCD,
 				     String newname);
 extern void DestroyMenuSpecWidgets (MenuSpec *menuspec);
 extern void DestroyMenuSpec (WmScreenData *pSD, CARD32 commandID);
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 extern MenuSpec *DuplicateMenuSpec (MenuSpec *menuSpec);
 

cde/programs/dtwm/WmPresence.c

@@ -20,7 +20,6 @@
  * to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth
  * Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
  */
-#ifdef WSM
 /* 
  * (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1992 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY 
  * ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 
@@ -1760,6 +1759,4 @@ UpdatePresenceWorkspaces(
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION UpdatePresenceWorkspaces */
 
-/* DO NOT ADD ANYTHING AFTER THIS ENDIF */
-#endif /* WSM */
 /****************************   eof    ***************************/

cde/programs/dtwm/WmPresence.h

@@ -20,7 +20,6 @@
  * to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth
  * Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
  */
-#ifdef WSM
 /* 
  * (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1992 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY 
  * ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 
@@ -41,4 +40,3 @@ extern MenuItem * GetPresenceBoxMenuItems(
 extern void UpdatePresenceWorkspaces( WmScreenData *pSD );
 
 /********    End Public Function Declarations    ********/
-#endif /* WSM */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmProperty.c

@@ -37,11 +37,9 @@
 #include "WmGlobal.h"
 #include "WmICCC.h"
 #include <stdio.h>
-#ifdef WSM
 #include <Dt/WsmP.h>
 #include <X11/Xatom.h>
 #include <Xm/AtomMgr.h>
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 /*
  * include extern functions
@@ -114,7 +112,6 @@ GetNormalHints(
      *     ICCC_CURRENT version: nitems = PROP_SIZE_HINTS_ELEMENTS
      */
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if ((!HasProperty (pCD, XA_WM_NORMAL_HINTS)) ||
 	((Success != XGetWindowProperty (DISPLAY, pCD->client,
 			XA_WM_NORMAL_HINTS, 0L, (long)PROP_SIZE_HINTS_ELEMENTS,
@@ -123,15 +120,6 @@ GetNormalHints(
 	  (actualType != XA_WM_SIZE_HINTS) ||
 	  (nitems < (PROP_SIZE_HINTS_ELEMENTS - 3)) ||
 	  (actualFormat != 32)))
-#else /* WSM */
-    if ((Success != XGetWindowProperty (DISPLAY, pCD->client,
-			XA_WM_NORMAL_HINTS, 0L, (long)PROP_SIZE_HINTS_ELEMENTS,
-			False, XA_WM_SIZE_HINTS, &actualType, &actualFormat,
-			&nitems, &leftover, (unsigned char **)&property)) ||
-	 (actualType != XA_WM_SIZE_HINTS) ||
-	 (nitems < (PROP_SIZE_HINTS_ELEMENTS - 3)) ||
-	 (actualFormat != 32))
-#endif /* WSM */
     {
 	/*
 	 * Indicate no property values were retrieved:
@@ -259,11 +247,9 @@ void ProcessWmProtocols (ClientData *pCD)
      */
 
 #ifndef ICCC_COMPLIANT
-#ifdef WSM
     if (!HasProperty (pCD, wmGD.xa_WM_PROTOCOLS))
 	rValue = -1;
     else
-#endif /* WSM */
     rValue = XGetWindowProperty (DISPLAY, pCD->client, wmGD.xa_WM_PROTOCOLS, 0L,
 		 (long)MAX_CLIENT_PROTOCOL_COUNT, False, AnyPropertyType,
 		 &actualType, &actualFormat, &nitems, &leftover,
@@ -272,11 +258,9 @@ void ProcessWmProtocols (ClientData *pCD)
 
     if ((rValue != Success) || (actualType == None) || (actualFormat != 32))
 #else
-#ifdef WSM
     if (!HasProperty (pCD, wmGD.xa_WM_PROTOCOLS))
 	rValue = -1;
     else
-#endif /* WSM */
     rValue = XGetWMProtocols (DISPLAY, pCD->client, 
 		 (Atom **)&property, &nitems);
 
@@ -384,11 +368,9 @@ void ProcessMwmMessages (ClientData *pCD)
      * Read the _MWM_MESSAGES property.
      */
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if (!HasProperty (pCD, wmGD.xa_MWM_MESSAGES))
         rValue = ~Success;
     else
-#endif /* WSM */
     rValue = XGetWindowProperty (DISPLAY, pCD->client, wmGD.xa_MWM_MESSAGES, 0L,
 		 (long)MAX_MWM_MESSAGES_COUNT, False, AnyPropertyType,
 		 &actualType, &actualFormat, &nitems, &leftover,
@@ -481,8 +463,7 @@ void SetMwmInfo (Window propWindow, long flags, Window wmWindow)
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION SetMwmInfo */
 
-#ifdef WSM
+
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  SetMwmSaveSessionInfo (wmWindow)
@@ -517,7 +498,7 @@ void SetMwmSaveSessionInfo (Window wmWindow)
     SetWMState(wmWindow, NORMAL_STATE, 0);
     
 } /* END OF FUNCTION SetMwmSaveSessionInfo */
-#endif /* WSM */
+
 
 
 /*************************************<->*************************************
@@ -667,11 +648,9 @@ GetMwmHints(
     unsigned long leftover;
 
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if (!HasProperty(pCD, wmGD.xa_MWM_HINTS))
 	ret_val = ~Success;
     else
-#endif /* WSM */
     ret_val = XGetWindowProperty (DISPLAY, pCD->client, wmGD.xa_MWM_HINTS, 
 		  0L, PROP_MWM_HINTS_ELEMENTS,
 		  False, wmGD.xa_MWM_HINTS, 
@@ -1103,7 +1082,6 @@ GetMwmMenuItems(
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION GetMwmMenuItems */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 
 
 /*************************************<->*************************************
@@ -1955,7 +1933,7 @@ HasProperty (
     return (bFound);
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION HasProperty */
-#endif /* WSM */
+
 
 
 

cde/programs/dtwm/WmProperty.h

@@ -35,9 +35,7 @@ extern SizeHints * GetNormalHints (ClientData *pCD);
 extern void ProcessWmProtocols (ClientData *pCD);
 extern void ProcessMwmMessages (ClientData *pCD);
 extern void SetMwmInfo (Window propWindow, long flags, Window wmWindow);
-#ifdef WSM
 void SetMwmSaveSessionInfo (Window wmWindow);
-#endif /* WSM */
 extern void GetDtWmRequest (WmScreenData *pSD, char **pszReq, Boolean *pmore);
 extern void GetDtSessionHints (WmScreenData *pSD, int sNum);
 
@@ -49,7 +47,6 @@ extern void ProcessWmColormapWindows (ClientData *pCD);
 extern Colormap FindColormap (ClientData *pCD, Window window);
 extern MenuItem * GetMwmMenuItems (ClientData *pCD);
 extern void SetEmbeddedClientsProperty (Window propWindow, Window *pEmbeddedClients, unsigned long cEmbeddedClients);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern void GetInitialPropertyList (ClientData *pCD);
 extern Status GetWorkspaceHints (Display *display, Window window, Atom **ppWsAtoms, unsigned int *pCount, Boolean *pbAll);
 #ifdef HP_VUE
@@ -64,4 +61,4 @@ extern void SetCurrentWorkspaceProperty (WmScreenData *pSD);
 extern void SetWorkspaceInfoProperty (WmWorkspaceData *pWS);
 extern void DeleteWorkspaceInfoProperty (WmWorkspaceData *pWS);
 extern char *WorkspacePropertyName (WmWorkspaceData *pWS);
-#endif /* WSM */
+

cde/programs/dtwm/WmProtocol.c

@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@
 #endif /* NO_WMQUERY */
 #include "WmPanelP.h"
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 # include "WmCmd.h"
 # include "WmDebug.h"
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 /*
  * Function Declarations:
@@ -75,13 +75,13 @@ static void wmq_lose (Widget w, Atom *pSelection);
 static void wmq_bump_xids(void);
 #endif /* NO_WMQUERY */
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 static void    OwnWMSelections      (Time timestamp);
 static Boolean WMiConvert           (Widget, Atom, Atom,
 				     XtPointer, unsigned long, int, Atom *,
 				     XtPointer *, unsigned long *, int *);
 static void    WMiConvertCB         (Widget, XtPointer, XtPointer);
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 /*
  * Global Variables:
@@ -118,18 +118,18 @@ int curXids = 0;
 void SetupWmICCC (void)
 {
     enum { 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
       	   XA_TARGETS, XA_MULTIPLE, XA_TIMESTAMP, 
 #endif
 	   XA_WM_STATE, XA_WM_PROTOCOLS, XA_WM_CHANGE_STATE,
 	   XA_WM_SAVE_YOURSELF, XA_WM_DELETE_WINDOW,
 	   XA_WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS, XA_WM_TAKE_FOCUS, XA_MWM_HINTS,
 	   XA_MWM_MENU, XA_MWM_MESSAGES, XA_MOTIF_WM_OFFSET,
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) || !defined(NO_WMQUERY))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) || !defined(NO_WMQUERY))
 	   XA_MOTIF_WM_CLIENT_WINDOW, XA_MOTIF_WM_POINTER_WINDOW,
 	   XA_MOTIF_WM_ALL_CLIENTS,
 #endif
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 	   XA_MOTIF_WM_DEFINE_COMMAND, XA_MOTIF_WM_INCLUDE_COMMAND,
 	   XA_MOTIF_WM_REMOVE_COMMAND, XA_MOTIF_WM_ENABLE_COMMAND,
 	   XA_MOTIF_WM_DISABLE_COMMAND, XA_MOTIF_WM_RENAME_COMMAND,
@@ -139,14 +139,14 @@ void SetupWmICCC (void)
 	   XA_COMPOUND_TEXT, NUM_ATOMS };
 
     static char *atom_names[] = {
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
       	   _XA_TARGETS, _XA_MULTIPLE, _XA_TIMESTAMP, 
 #endif
 	   _XA_WM_STATE, _XA_WM_PROTOCOLS, _XA_WM_CHANGE_STATE,
 	   _XA_WM_SAVE_YOURSELF, _XA_WM_DELETE_WINDOW,
 	   _XA_WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS, _XA_WM_TAKE_FOCUS, _XA_MWM_HINTS,
 	   _XA_MWM_MENU, _XA_MWM_MESSAGES, _XA_MOTIF_WM_OFFSET,
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) || !defined(NO_WMQUERY))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) || !defined(NO_WMQUERY))
 # ifdef _XA_MOTIF_WM_CLIENT_WINDOW
 	   _XA_MOTIF_WM_CLIENT_WINDOW, _XA_MOTIF_WM_POINTER_WINDOW,
 	   _XA_MOTIF_WM_ALL_CLIENTS, 
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ void SetupWmICCC (void)
 	   "_MOTIF_WM_ALL_CLIENTS"
 # endif
 #endif
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 	   _XA_MOTIF_WM_DEFINE_COMMAND, _XA_MOTIF_WM_INCLUDE_COMMAND,
 	   _XA_MOTIF_WM_REMOVE_COMMAND, _XA_MOTIF_WM_ENABLE_COMMAND,
 	   _XA_MOTIF_WM_DISABLE_COMMAND, _XA_MOTIF_WM_RENAME_COMMAND,
@@ -176,12 +176,12 @@ void SetupWmICCC (void)
     XInternAtoms(DISPLAY, atom_names, XtNumber(atom_names), False, atoms);
 
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
     wmGD.xa_TARGETS			= atoms[XA_TARGETS];
 
     wmGD.xa_MULTIPLE			= atoms[XA_MULTIPLE];
     wmGD.xa_TIMESTAMP			= atoms[XA_TIMESTAMP];
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
     wmGD.xa_WM_STATE			= atoms[XA_WM_STATE];
     wmGD.xa_WM_PROTOCOLS		= atoms[XA_WM_PROTOCOLS];
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ void SetupWmICCC (void)
     wmGD.xa_MWM_MESSAGES		= atoms[XA_MWM_MESSAGES];
     wmGD.xa_MWM_OFFSET			= atoms[XA_MOTIF_WM_OFFSET];
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
     /* wm query targets */
     wmGD._MOTIF_WM_CLIENT_WINDOW  = atoms[XA_MOTIF_WM_CLIENT_WINDOW];
     wmGD._MOTIF_WM_POINTER_WINDOW = atoms[XA_MOTIF_WM_POINTER_WINDOW];
@@ -213,17 +213,17 @@ void SetupWmICCC (void)
     wmGD._MOTIF_WM_WINDOW_FLAGS	  = atoms[XA_MOTIF_WM_WINDOW_FLAGS];
 
     wmGD._MOTIF_WM_AUTOMATION	  = atoms[XA_MOTIF_WM_AUTOMATION];
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
     /*
      * Assert ownership of the WINDOW_MANAGER selection
      * on each screen that the window manager controls.
      * these use the format WM_Si.
      */
     OwnWMSelections(GetTimestamp());
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
     wmGD.xa_COMPOUND_TEXT = atoms[XA_COMPOUND_TEXT];
 
@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ wmq_bump_xids ( void )
 
 
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  static void OwnWMSelections ()
@@ -1504,4 +1504,4 @@ WMiConvertCB (
 		  &(cnv->type), &(cnv->value), &(cnv->length), &(cnv->format));
     }
 }
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmResCvt.c

@@ -96,10 +96,8 @@ long           DecStrToL ();
 
 void AddWmResourceConverters (void)
 {
-#ifdef WSM
     XtAppAddConverter (wmGD.mwmAppContext, XtRString, WmRAbsentMapBehavior, 
 	(XtConverter)WmCvtStringToAMBehavior, NULL, 0);
-#endif /* WSM */
     XtAppAddConverter (wmGD.mwmAppContext, XtRString, WmRCFocusPolicy, 
 	(XtConverter)WmCvtStringToCFocus, NULL, 0);
     XtAppAddConverter (wmGD.mwmAppContext, XtRString, WmRClientDecor, 
@@ -123,8 +121,6 @@ void AddWmResourceConverters (void)
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION AddWmResourceConverters */
 
-#ifdef WSM
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  WmCvtStringToAMBehavior (args, numArgs, fromVal, toVal)
@@ -210,7 +206,6 @@ void WmCvtStringToAMBehavior (XrmValue *args, Cardinal numArgs, XrmValue *fromVa
 
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION WmCvtStringToAMBehavior */
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 /*************************************<->*************************************

cde/programs/dtwm/WmResCvt.h

@@ -31,10 +31,8 @@
  * (c) Copyright 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY */
 
 extern void AddWmResourceConverters (void);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern void WmCvtStringToAMBehavior (XrmValue *args, Cardinal numArgs, 
 				 XrmValue *fromVal, XrmValue *toVal);
-#endif /* WSM */
 extern void WmCvtStringToCFocus (XrmValue *args, Cardinal numArgs, XrmValue *fromVal, XrmValue *toVal);
 extern void WmCvtStringToCDecor (XrmValue *args, Cardinal numArgs, XrmValue *fromVal, XrmValue *toVal);
 extern void WmCvtStringToCFunc (XrmValue *args, Cardinal numArgs, XrmValue *fromVal, XrmValue *toVal);

cde/programs/dtwm/WmResNames.h

@@ -52,14 +52,10 @@
 
 /* mwm specific appearance and behavior resources: */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmNall				"all"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmNautoKeyFocus			"autoKeyFocus"
 #define WmNautoRaiseDelay		"autoRaiseDelay"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmNbackdropDirectories		"backdropDirectories"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmNbitmapDirectory		"bitmapDirectory"
 #define WmNblinkOnExec			"blinkOnExec"
 #define WmNbuttonBindings		"buttonBindings"
@@ -67,9 +63,7 @@
 #define WmNclientAutoPlace		"clientAutoPlace"
 #define WmNcolormapFocusPolicy		"colormapFocusPolicy"
 #define WmNconfigFile			"configFile"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmNcppCommand			"cppCommand"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmNdeiconifyKeyFocus		"deiconifyKeyFocus"
 #define WmNdoubleClickTime		"doubleClickTime"
 #define WmNenableWarp			"enableWarp"
@@ -77,13 +71,9 @@
 #define WmNfadeNormalIcon		"fadeNormalIcon"
 #define WmNfeedbackGeometry		"feedbackGeometry"
 #define WmNframeBorderWidth		"frameBorderWidth"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmNframeExternalShadowWidth	"frameExternalShadowWidth"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmNfreezeOnConfig		"freezeOnConfig"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmNgeometry			"geometry"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmNiconAutoPlace		"iconAutoPlace"
 #define WmNiconBoxGeometry		"iconBoxGeometry"
 #define WmNiconBoxLayout		"iconBoxLayout"
@@ -93,26 +83,20 @@
 #define WmNiconBoxTitle			"iconBoxTitle"
 #define WmNiconClick			"iconClick"
 #define WmNiconDecoration		"iconDecoration"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmNiconExternalShadowWidth	"iconExternalShadowWidth"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmNiconImageMaximum		"iconImageMaximum"
 #define WmNiconImageMinimum		"iconImageMinimum"
 #define WmNiconPlacement		"iconPlacement"
 #define WmNiconPlacementMargin		"iconPlacementMargin"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmNimage			"image"
 #define WmNimageBackground		"imageBackground"
 #define WmNimageForeground		"imageForeground"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmNinteractivePlacement		"interactivePlacement"
 #define WmNkeyBindings			"keyBindings"
 #define WmNkeyboardFocusPolicy		"keyboardFocusPolicy"
 #define WmNlimitResize			"limitResize"
 #define WmNlowerOnIconify		"lowerOnIconify"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmNmarqueeSelectGranularity	"marqueeSelectGranularity"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmNmaximumMaximumSize		"maximumMaximumSize"
 #define WmNmoveThreshold		"moveThreshold"
 #define WmNmultiScreen			"multiScreen"
@@ -122,26 +106,17 @@
 #define WmNpositionOnScreen		"positionOnScreen"
 #define WmNquitTimeout			"quitTimeout"
 #define WmNraiseKeyFocus		"raiseKeyFocus"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmNrefreshByClearing		"refreshByClearing"
-#endif
 #define WmNresizeBorderWidth		"resizeBorderWidth"
 #define WmNresizeCursors		"resizeCursors"
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 # define WmNrootMenu			"rootMenu"
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmNrootButtonClick		"rootButtonClick"
 #define WmNsecondariesOnTop		"secondariesOnTop"
 #define WmNsessionVersion               "sessionVersion"
-#endif /* WSM */
-#ifndef WSM
-#define WmNsessionClientDB		"sessionClientDB"
-#endif /* ! WSM */
 #define WmNshowFeedback			"showFeedback"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmNshowNames			"showNames"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmNstartupKeyFocus		"startupKeyFocus"
 #define WmNsubpanelDecoration		"subpanelDecoration"
 #define WmNsubpanelResources            "subpanelResources"
@@ -151,9 +126,7 @@
 #define WmNtransientFunctions		"transientFunctions"
 #define WmNuseFrontPanel		"useFrontPanel"
 #define WmNuseIconBox			"useIconBox"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmNuseWindowOutline		"useWindowOutline"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmNdtLite			"useDtLite"
 #define WmNmoveOpaque                   "moveOpaque"
 #define WmNframeStyle			"frameStyle"
@@ -179,15 +152,11 @@
 
 /* mwm - client specific resources: */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmNabsentMapBehavior		"absentMapBehavior"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmNclientDecoration		"clientDecoration"
 #define WmNclientFunctions		"clientFunctions"
 #define WmNfocusAutoRaise		"focusAutoRaise"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmNhelpResources                "helpResources"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmNiconImage			"iconImage"
 #define WmNiconImageBackground		"iconImageBackground"
 #define WmNiconImageBottomShadowColor	"iconImageBottomShadowColor"
@@ -196,9 +165,7 @@
 #define WmNiconImageTopShadowColor	"iconImageTopShadowColor"
 #define WmNiconImageTopShadowPixmap	"iconImageTopShadowPixmap"
 #define WmNignoreWMSaveHints            "ignoreWMSaveHints"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmNinitialWorkspace             "initialWorkspace"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmNmatteBackground		"matteBackground"
 #define WmNmatteBottomShadowColor	"matteBottomShadowColor"
 #define WmNmatteBottomShadowPixmap	"matteBottomShadowPixmap"
@@ -212,10 +179,8 @@
 #define WmNsystemMenu			"windowMenu"
 #define WmNuseClientIcon		"useClientIcon"
 #define WmNusePPosition			"usePPosition"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmNworkspaceList	        "workspaceList"
 #define WmNworkspaceCount	        "workspaceCount"
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 /* window manager part resource names: */
 
@@ -225,22 +190,18 @@
 #define WmNmenu				"menu"
 #define WmNtitle			"title"
 #define WmNdefaults			"defaults"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmNbackdrop			"backdrop"
 #define WmNcolorSetId			"colorSetId"
 #define WmNfrontPanel			"frontPanel"
 #define WmNworkspaceController		"workspaceController"
 #define WmNworkspacePresence		"workspacePresence"
 #define WmNworkspaceSwitch		"workspaceSwitch"
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 /* window manager client resource names: */
 
 #define WmNiconBox			"iconbox"
 #define WmNconfirmbox			"confirmbox"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmNswitcher			"switcher"
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 
@@ -258,9 +219,7 @@
 
 #define WmCAutoKeyFocus			"AutoKeyFocus"
 #define WmCAutoRaiseDelay		"AutoRaiseDelay"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmCBackdropDirectories		"BackdropDirectories"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmCBitmapDirectory		"BitmapDirectory"
 #define WmCBlinkOnExec			"BlinkOnExec"
 #define WmCButtonBindings		"ButtonBindings"
@@ -268,9 +227,7 @@
 #define WmCClientAutoPlace		"ClientAutoPlace"
 #define WmCColormapFocusPolicy		"ColormapFocusPolicy"
 #define WmCConfigFile			"ConfigFile"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmCCppCommand			"CppCommand"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmCDeiconifyKeyFocus		"DeiconifyKeyFocus"
 #define WmCDoubleClickTime		"DoubleClickTime"
 #define WmCEnableWarp			"EnableWarp"
@@ -278,13 +235,9 @@
 #define WmCFadeNormalIcon		"FadeNormalIcon"
 #define WmCFeedbackGeometry		"FeedbackGeometry"
 #define WmCFrameBorderWidth		"FrameBorderWidth"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmCFrameExternalShadowWidth	"FrameExternalShadowWidth"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmCFreezeOnConfig		"FreezeOnConfig"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmCGeometry			"Geometry"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmCIconAutoPlace		"IconAutoPlace"
 #define WmCIconBoxGeometry		"IconBoxGeometry"
 #define WmCIconBoxLayout		"IconBoxLayout"
@@ -294,26 +247,20 @@
 #define WmCIconBoxTitle			"IconBoxTitle"
 #define WmCIconClick			"IconClick"
 #define WmCIconDecoration		"IconDecoration"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmCIconExternalShadowWidth	"IconExternalShadowWidth"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmCIconImageMaximum		"IconImageMaximum"
 #define WmCIconImageMinimum		"IconImageMinimum"
 #define WmCIconPlacement		"IconPlacement"
 #define WmCIconPlacementMargin		"IconPlacementMargin"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmCImage			"Image"
 #define WmCImageBackground		"ImageBackground"
 #define WmCImageForeground		"ImageForeground"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmCInteractivePlacement		"InteractivePlacement"
 #define WmCKeyBindings			"KeyBindings"
 #define WmCKeyboardFocusPolicy		"KeyboardFocusPolicy"
 #define WmCLimitResize			"LimitResize"
 #define WmCLowerOnIconify		"LowerOnIconify"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmCMarqueeSelectGranularity	"MarqueeSelectGranularity"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmCMaximumMaximumSize		"MaximumMaximumSize"
 #define WmCMoveThreshold		"MoveThreshold"
 #define WmCMultiScreen			"MultiScreen"
@@ -323,28 +270,19 @@
 #define WmCPositionOnScreen		"PositionOnScreen"
 #define WmCQuitTimeout			"QuitTimeout"
 #define WmCRaiseKeyFocus		"RaiseKeyFocus"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmCRefreshByClearing		"RefreshByClearing"
-#endif
 #define WmCResizeBorderWidth		"ResizeBorderWidth"
 #define WmCResizeCursors		"ResizeCursors"
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 # define WmCRootMenu			"RootMenu"
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmCRootButtonClick		"RootButtonClick"
 #define WmCSecondariesOnTop		"SecondariesOnTop"
 #define WmCSessionVersion               "SessionVersion"
-#endif /* WSM */
-#ifndef WSM
-#define WmCSessionClientDB		"SessionClientDB"
-#endif /* ! WSM */
 #define WmCScreenList			"ScreenList"
 #define WmCScreens			"Screens"
 #define WmCShowFeedback			"ShowFeedback"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmCShowNames			"ShowNames"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmCStartupKeyFocus		"StartupKeyFocus"
 #define WmCSubpanelDecoration		"SubpanelDecoration"
 #define WmCSubpanelResources            "SubpanelResources"
@@ -354,16 +292,12 @@
 #define WmCTransientFunctions		"TransientFunctions"
 #define WmCUseFrontPanel		"UseFrontPanel"
 #define WmCUseIconBox			"UseIconBox"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmCUseWindowOutline		"UseWindowOutline"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmCDtLite			"UseDtLite"
 #define WmCMoveOpaque                   "MoveOpaque"
 #define WmCFrameStyle			"FrameStyle"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmCWorkspaceList	        "WorkspaceList"
 #define WmCWorkspaceCount	        "WorkspaceCount"
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 /* component appearance resources: */
 
@@ -386,15 +320,11 @@
 
 /* mwm - client specific resources: */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmCAbsentMapBehavior		"AbsentMapBehavior"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmCClientDecoration		"ClientDecoration"
 #define WmCClientFunctions		"ClientFunctions"
 #define WmCFocusAutoRaise		"FocusAutoRaise"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmCHelpResources                "HelpResources"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmCIconImage			"IconImage"
 #define WmCIconImageBackground		"IconImageBackground"
 #define WmCIconImageBottomShadowColor	"IconImageBottomShadowColor"
@@ -403,9 +333,7 @@
 #define WmCIconImageTopShadowColor	"IconImageTopShadowColor"
 #define WmCIconImageTopShadowPixmap	"IconImageTopShadowPixmap"
 #define WmCIgnoreWMSaveHints            "IgnoreWMSaveHints"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmCInitialWorkspace             "InitialWorkspace"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmCMatteBackground		"MatteBackground"
 #define WmCMatteBottomShadowColor	"MatteBottomShadowColor"
 #define WmCMatteBottomShadowPixmap	"MatteBottomShadowPixmap"
@@ -426,22 +354,18 @@
 #define WmCMenu				"Menu"
 #define WmCTitle			"Title"
 #define WmCDefaults			"Defaults"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmCBackdrop			"Backdrop"
 #define WmCColorSetId			"ColorSetId"
 #define WmCFrontPanel			"FrontPanel"
 #define WmCWorkspaceController		"WorkspaceController"
 #define WmCWorkspacePresence		"WorkspacePresence"
 #define WmCWorkspaceSwitch		"WorkspaceSwitch"
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 /* window manager client resource names: */
 
 #define WmCIconBox			"Iconbox"
 #define WmCConfirmbox			"Confirmbox"
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmCSwitcher			"Switcher"
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 
@@ -455,9 +379,7 @@
  * 
  *************************************<->***********************************/
 
-#ifdef WSM
 #define WmRAbsentMapBehavior            "WmAMBehavior"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #define WmRCFocusPolicy			"WmCFocus"
 #define WmRClientDecor			"WmCDecor"
 #define WmRClientFunction		"WmCFunc"
@@ -507,6 +429,5 @@
 
 #define WmCHelpDirectory		     "HelpDirectory"
 
-#ifdef WSM
 /**************************    eof  ************************/
-#endif /* WSM */
+

cde/programs/dtwm/WmResParse.h

@@ -36,7 +36,6 @@
 extern void            ProcessWmFile (WmScreenData *pSD, Boolean bNested);
 extern void ProcessCommandLine (int argc,  char *argv[]);
 extern void ProcessMotifBindings (void);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern Boolean         FindDtSessionMatch(int commandArgc, 
 					   char **commandArgv, 
 					   ClientData *pCD, 
@@ -53,18 +52,10 @@ extern void            GetFunctionTableValues (int *execIndex, int *nopIndex,
 extern void GetNopIndex (int tableSize, int *nopIndex);
 extern void GetExecIndex (int tableSize, int *execIndex);
 extern Boolean GetSessionHintsInfo (WmScreenData *pSD, long numItems);
-#endif /* WSM */
 extern FILE          * FopenConfigFile (void);
 extern void            FreeMenuItem (MenuItem *menuItem);
-#ifndef WSM
-extern unsigned char * GetNextLine (void);
-#endif /* not WSM */
-#ifdef WSM
 extern unsigned char * GetStringC (unsigned char **linePP, Boolean SmBehavior);
 extern void SystemCmd (char *pchCmd);
-#else /* WSM */
-extern unsigned char * GetString (unsigned char **linePP);
-#endif /* WSM */
 extern Boolean ParseBtnEvent (unsigned char  **linePP,
                               unsigned int *eventType,
                               unsigned int *button,
@@ -76,7 +67,6 @@ extern void            ParseKeyStr (WmScreenData *pSD, unsigned char *keyStr);
 extern Boolean ParseKeyEvent (unsigned char **linePP, unsigned int *eventType,
 		       KeyCode *keyCode,  unsigned int *state);
 extern MenuItem      * ParseMwmMenuStr (WmScreenData *pSD, unsigned char *menuStr);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern void ParseSessionClientState (WmScreenData *pSD, int count,
 			      unsigned char *string);
 extern void ParseSessionCommand (WmScreenData *pSD,  int count,
@@ -89,14 +79,10 @@ extern void ParseSessionWorkspaces (WmScreenData *pSD,  int count,
 extern void ParseSessionHost (WmScreenData *pSD,  int count,
 			     unsigned char *string);
 extern void ParseDtSessionHints (WmScreenData *pSD, unsigned char *property);
-#endif /* WSM */
 extern int             ParseWmFunction (unsigned char **linePP, unsigned int res_spec, WmFunction *pWmFunction);
 extern void            PWarning (char *message);
 extern void            SaveMenuAccelerators (WmScreenData *pSD, MenuSpec *newMenuSpec);
 extern void      ScanAlphanumeric (unsigned char **linePP);
-#ifndef WSM
-extern void            ScanWhitespace(unsigned char  **linePP);
-#endif /* not WSM */
 extern void            ToLower (unsigned char  *string);
 extern void		SyncModifierStrings(void);
 extern void DeleteTempConfigFileIfAny (void);
@@ -113,17 +99,15 @@ extern Boolean ParseWmFuncStrArg (unsigned char **linePP,
 				       WmFunction wmFunction, String *pArgs);
 extern Boolean ParseWmFuncActionArg (unsigned char **linePP, 
 				  WmFunction wmFunction, String *pArgs);
-#ifdef WSM
 #define ToLower(s)		(_DtWmParseToLower (s))
 #define GetNextLine()		(_DtWmParseNextLine (wmGD.pWmPB))
 #define GetSmartSMString(s)	(_DtWmParseNextTokenC (s, True))
 #define GetSmartString(s)	(_DtWmParseNextTokenC (s, False))
 #define GetString(s)		(_DtWmParseNextTokenC (s, False))
 #define ScanWhitespace(s)	(_DtWmParseSkipWhitespaceC (s))
-#endif /* WSM */
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 extern Boolean IsClientCommand (String);
 extern Boolean SetGreyedContextAndMgtMask (MenuItem *menuItem,
 					   WmFunction wmFunction);
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmResource.c

@@ -60,13 +60,11 @@
 #include "WmGraphics.h"
 #include "WmMenu.h"
 #include "WmResParse.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmBackdrop.h"
 #include "WmIconBox.h"
 #include "WmWrkspace.h"
 #include <Dt/GetDispRes.h>
 #define cfileP 	(wmGD.pWmPB->pFile) /* fopen'ed configuration file or NULL */
-#endif /* WSM */
 #include "WmXSMP.h"
 
 /*
@@ -113,10 +111,7 @@ void ProcessClientResources (ClientData *pCD);
 void SetStdClientResourceValues (ClientData *pCD);
 void SetStdScreenResourceValues (WmScreenData *pSD);
 GC GetHighlightGC (WmScreenData *pSD, Pixel fg, Pixel bg, Pixmap pixmap);
-#ifdef WSM
 static void WriteOutXrmColors (WmScreenData *pSD);
-#endif /* WSM */
-#ifdef WSM
 void ProcessPresenceResources (WmScreenData *pSD);
 void ProcessDefaultBackdropImages (WmScreenData *pSD);
 void _WmBackdropBgDefault (Widget widget, int offset, XrmValue *value);
@@ -125,7 +120,6 @@ void _WmBackdropColorSetDefault (Widget widget, int offset, XrmValue *value);
 void _WmIconImageMaximumDefault (Widget widget, int offset, XrmValue *value);
 void _WmSecondariesOnTopDefault (Widget widget, int offset, XrmValue *value);
 int DefaultWsColorSetId (WmWorkspaceData *pWS);
-#endif /* WSM */
 void _WmGetDynamicDefault (Widget widget, unsigned char type, String defaultColor, Pixel newBackground, XrmValue *value);
 Boolean SimilarAppearanceData (AppearanceData *pAD1, AppearanceData *pAD2);
 
@@ -163,7 +157,7 @@ char builtinSystemMenuName[] = "_MwmWindowMenu_";
 char builtinSystemMenu[] = BUILTINSYSTEMMENU;
 #else /* !defined(NO_MESSAGE_CATALOG)*/
 char *builtinSystemMenu = BUILTINSYSTEMMENU;
-#ifdef WSM
+
 #define DEFAULT_DTWM_SYSTEMMENU "_MwmWindowMenu_\n\
 {\n\
 	Restore		_R	f.restore\n\
@@ -179,7 +173,6 @@ char *builtinSystemMenu = BUILTINSYSTEMMENU;
 	no-label			f.separator\n\
 	Close	_C	Alt<Key>F4	f.kill\n\
 }"
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 void InitBuiltinSystemMenu(void)
 {
@@ -190,11 +183,9 @@ void InitBuiltinSystemMenu(void)
     char *MinString = NULL;
     char *MaxString = NULL;
     char *LowString = NULL;
-#ifdef WSM
     char *OcpString = NULL;
     char *OcaString = NULL;
     char *RemString = NULL;
-#endif /* WSM */
     char *CloString = NULL;
     char dsm[2048];
     char dsmtemp[sizeof(dsm)];
@@ -308,7 +299,7 @@ void InitBuiltinSystemMenu(void)
             strcpy(LowString, tmpString);
         }
     }
-#ifdef WSM
+
     if (DtwmBehavior)
     {
 	if(gotItAll)
@@ -357,7 +348,7 @@ void InitBuiltinSystemMenu(void)
 	    }
 	}
     } /* if DTWM */
-#endif /* WSM */
+
     if(gotItAll)
     {
         tmpString = ((char *)GETMESSAGE(62, 48, "Close _C Alt<Key>F4 f.kill"));
@@ -375,7 +366,6 @@ void InitBuiltinSystemMenu(void)
 
     if (!gotItAll)
     {
-#ifdef WSM
 	if (DtwmBehavior)
 	{
 	    builtinSystemMenu = (char *) 
@@ -386,10 +376,6 @@ void InitBuiltinSystemMenu(void)
 	    builtinSystemMenu = (char *) 
 			XtNewString((String)BUILTINSYSTEMMENU);
 	}
-#else /* WSM */
-	builtinSystemMenu = (char *)
-			XtNewString((String)BUILTINSYSTEMMENU);
-#endif /* WSM */
     }
     else
     {
@@ -397,14 +383,12 @@ void InitBuiltinSystemMenu(void)
         snprintf(dsm, sizeof(dsm), "%s\n{\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n no-label  f.separator\n",
                  defaultSystemMenuName, ResString, MovString,
                  SizString, MinString, MaxString, LowString);
-#ifdef WSM
 	if (DtwmBehavior)
 	{
 	    snprintf(dsmtemp, sizeof(dsmtemp), "%s%s\n%s\n%s\n no-label  f.separator\n",
 	             dsm, OcpString, OcaString, RemString);
 	    strcpy(dsm, dsmtemp);
 	}
-#endif /* WSM */
         snprintf(dsmtemp, sizeof(dsmtemp), "%s%s\n}", dsm, CloString);
         strcpy(dsm, dsmtemp);
 	
@@ -412,7 +396,6 @@ void InitBuiltinSystemMenu(void)
 	     (char *)XtMalloc ((unsigned int) (strlen(dsm) + 1))) == NULL)
 	{
 	   Warning (((char *)GETMESSAGE(62, 21, "Insufficient memory for localized default system menu")));
-#ifdef WSM
 	    if (DtwmBehavior)
 	    {
 		builtinSystemMenu = (char *) 
@@ -423,10 +406,6 @@ void InitBuiltinSystemMenu(void)
 		builtinSystemMenu = (char *) 
 			XtNewString((String)BUILTINSYSTEMMENU);
 	    }
-#else /* WSM */
-	    builtinSystemMenu = (char *) 
-			XtNewString((String)BUILTINSYSTEMMENU);
-#endif /* WSM */
 	}
 	else
 	{
@@ -446,14 +425,12 @@ void InitBuiltinSystemMenu(void)
        XtFree(MaxString);
     if (LowString != NULL)
        XtFree(LowString);
-#ifdef WSM
     if (OcpString != NULL)
        XtFree(OcpString);
     if (OcaString != NULL)
        XtFree(OcaString);
     if (RemString != NULL)
        XtFree(RemString);
-#endif /* WSM */
     if (CloString != NULL)
        XtFree(CloString);
     
@@ -463,9 +440,7 @@ void InitBuiltinSystemMenu(void)
 char builtinSystemMenu[];
 #endif /* MCCABE */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 #define HARD_CODED_PRIMARY   3
-#endif /* WSM */
 char defaultRootMenuName[] = "DefaultRootMenu";
 char builtinRootMenuName[] = "_MwmRootMenu_";
 #ifndef MCCABE
@@ -537,7 +512,7 @@ char behaviorKeyBindings[];
 char defaultButtonBindingsName[] = "DefaultButtonBindings";
 char builtinButtonBindingsName[] = "_MwmButtonBindings_";
 #ifndef MCCABE
-# if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+# if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 #  define BUILTINBUTTONBINDINGS "_MwmButtonBindings_\n\
 {\n\
 	<Btn1Down>	icon|frame	f.raise\n\
@@ -551,7 +526,7 @@ char builtinButtonBindingsName[] = "_MwmButtonBindings_";
 	<Btn3Down>	icon|frame	f.post_wmenu\n\
 	<Btn3Down>	root		f.menu DefaultRootMenu\n\
 }";
-# endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+# endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 char builtinButtonBindings[] = BUILTINBUTTONBINDINGS
 
 #else
@@ -563,10 +538,8 @@ static ClientData *_pCD;
 static String _defaultBackground;
 static String _defaultActiveBackground;
 static AppearanceData *_pAppearanceData;
-#ifdef WSM
 static WmWorkspaceData *pResWS;
 static WmScreenData *pResSD;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 static char _defaultColor1HEX[] = "#A8A8A8A8A8A8";
 static char _defaultColor2HEX[] = "#5F5F92929E9E";
@@ -579,14 +552,12 @@ Const char _foreground[]    = "foreground";
 Const char _75_foreground[] = "75_foreground";
 Const char _50_foreground[] = "50_foreground";
 Const char _25_foreground[] = "25_foreground";
-#ifdef WSM
 Const char *_Dither = XmCO_DITHER;
 Const char *_NoDither = XmCO_NO_DITHER;
 Const char CLIENT_FRAME_PART[] = "client";
 Const char ICON_FRAME_PART[] = "icon";
 Const char FEEDBACK_FRAME_PART[] = "feedback";
 Const char MENU_ITEM_PART[] = "menu";
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 #define WmBGC          XmBACKGROUND
 #define WmFGC          XmFOREGROUND
@@ -696,7 +667,6 @@ XtResource wmGlobalResources[] =
 	XtRImmediate,
 	(XtPointer)NULL
     },
-#ifdef WSM
 
     {
 	WmNcppCommand,
@@ -707,7 +677,6 @@ XtResource wmGlobalResources[] =
 	XtRImmediate,
 	(XtPointer)NULL
     },
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     {
 	WmNdeiconifyKeyFocus,
@@ -748,7 +717,7 @@ XtResource wmGlobalResources[] =
 	XtRImmediate,
 	(XtPointer)True
     },
-#ifdef WSM
+
     {
 	WmNframeExternalShadowWidth,
 	WmCFrameExternalShadowWidth,
@@ -758,7 +727,6 @@ XtResource wmGlobalResources[] =
 	XtRImmediate,
 	(XtPointer)2
     },
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     {
 	WmNfreezeOnConfig,
@@ -769,7 +737,6 @@ XtResource wmGlobalResources[] =
 	XtRImmediate,
 	(XtPointer)True
     },
-#ifdef WSM
 
     {
 	WmNuseWindowOutline,
@@ -780,7 +747,6 @@ XtResource wmGlobalResources[] =
 	XtRImmediate,
 	(XtPointer)False
     },
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     {
 	WmNiconAutoPlace,
@@ -791,7 +757,7 @@ XtResource wmGlobalResources[] =
 	XtRImmediate,
 	(XtPointer)True
     },
-#ifdef WSM
+
     {
 	WmNiconExternalShadowWidth,
 	WmCIconExternalShadowWidth,
@@ -801,7 +767,6 @@ XtResource wmGlobalResources[] =
 	XtRImmediate,
 	(XtPointer)2
     },
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     {
 	WmNiconClick,
@@ -846,7 +811,6 @@ XtResource wmGlobalResources[] =
 	XtRImmediate,
 	(XtPointer)True
     },
-#ifdef WSM
 
     {
 	WmNmarqueeSelectGranularity,
@@ -857,7 +821,6 @@ XtResource wmGlobalResources[] =
 	XtRImmediate,
 	(XtPointer)0
     },
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     {
 	WmNmoveThreshold,
@@ -928,7 +891,6 @@ XtResource wmGlobalResources[] =
 	XtRImmediate,
 	(XtPointer)False
     },
-#ifdef WSM
 
     {
 	WmNrefreshByClearing,
@@ -949,19 +911,6 @@ XtResource wmGlobalResources[] =
 	XtRImmediate,
 	(XtPointer)True
     },
-#endif /* WSM */
-
-#ifndef WSM
-    {
-        WmNsessionClientDB,
-	WmCSessionClientDB,
-	XtRString,
-	sizeof(String),
-	XtOffsetOf(WmGlobalData, sessionClientDB),
-	XtRImmediate,
-	(XtPointer)NULL
-    },
-#endif /* ! WSM */
 
     {
 	WmNshowFeedback,
@@ -1011,7 +960,7 @@ XtResource wmGlobalResources[] =
 	XtRImmediate,
 	(XtPointer)True
     },
-#ifdef WSM
+
     {
 	WmNhelpDirectory,
 	WmCHelpDirectory,
@@ -1022,7 +971,6 @@ XtResource wmGlobalResources[] =
 	(XtPointer)"DT/Dtwm/"
     },
 
-#endif /* WSM */
     {
 	WmNdtLite,
 	WmCDtLite,
@@ -1048,11 +996,7 @@ XtResource wmGlobalScreenResources[] =
 	sizeof (Boolean),
         XtOffsetOf(WmGlobalData, multiScreen),
 	XtRImmediate,
-#ifdef WSM
 	(XtPointer)True
-#else /* WSM */
-	(XtPointer)False
-#endif /* WSM */
     },
 
     {
@@ -1064,7 +1008,7 @@ XtResource wmGlobalScreenResources[] =
 	XtRImmediate,
 	(XtPointer)NULL
     },
-#ifdef WSM
+
     {   WmNbackdropDirectories, 
 	WmCBackdropDirectories, 
 	XmRString, 
@@ -1073,7 +1017,6 @@ XtResource wmGlobalScreenResources[] =
 	XmRString,
 	DEFAULT_BACKDROP_DIR
     },
-#endif /* WSM */
 };
 
 
@@ -1257,7 +1200,6 @@ XtResource wmScreenResources[] =
 	(XtPointer)USE_ICON_DEFAULT_APPEARANCE
     },
 
-#ifdef WSM
     {
 	WmNiconImageMaximum,
 	WmCIconImageMaximum,
@@ -1267,17 +1209,6 @@ XtResource wmScreenResources[] =
 	XtRCallProc,
 	(XtPointer) _WmIconImageMaximumDefault
     },
-#else /* WSM */
-    {
-	WmNiconImageMaximum,
-	WmCIconImageMaximum,
-	WmRSize,
-	sizeof (WHSize),
-	XtOffsetOf (WmScreenData, iconImageMaximum),
-	XtRString,
-	"50x50"
-    },
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     {
 	WmNiconImageMinimum,
@@ -1328,18 +1259,6 @@ XtResource wmScreenResources[] =
 	XtRImmediate,
 	(XtPointer) BIGSIZE
     },
-#ifndef WSM
-
-    {
-	WmNiconBoxGeometry,
-	WmCIconBoxGeometry,
-	XtRString,
-	sizeof (String),
-	XtOffsetOf (WmScreenData, iconBoxGeometry),
-	XtRString,
-	(XtPointer)NULL
-    },
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     {
 	WmNiconBoxName,
@@ -1421,7 +1340,7 @@ XtResource wmScreenResources[] =
 	(XtPointer)True
     },
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
     {
 	WmNrootMenu,
 	WmCRootMenu,
@@ -1431,7 +1350,7 @@ XtResource wmScreenResources[] =
 	XtRString,
 	(XtPointer)builtinRootMenuName
     },
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
     {
 	WmNtransientDecoration,
@@ -1492,7 +1411,6 @@ XtResource wmScreenResources[] =
 	XtRImmediate,
 	(XtPointer)False
 
-#ifdef WSM
     },
 
     {
@@ -1533,7 +1451,6 @@ XtResource wmScreenResources[] =
         XtOffsetOf (WmScreenData, numWorkspaces),
 	XtRImmediate,
 	(XtPointer)0
-#endif /* WSM */
     }
 
 };
@@ -1567,7 +1484,6 @@ XtResource wmStdScreenResources[] =
 	(XtPointer) BIGSIZE
     },
 
-#ifdef WSM
     {
 	WmNiconImageMaximum,
 	WmCIconImageMaximum,
@@ -1577,17 +1493,6 @@ XtResource wmStdScreenResources[] =
 	XtRCallProc,
 	(XtPointer) _WmIconImageMaximumDefault
     },
-#else /* WSM */
-    {
-	WmNiconImageMaximum,
-	WmCIconImageMaximum,
-	WmRSize,
-	sizeof (WHSize),
-	XtOffsetOf (WmScreenData, iconImageMaximum),
-	XtRString,
-	"50x50"
-    },
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     {
 	WmNiconImageMinimum,
@@ -1646,7 +1551,6 @@ XtResource wmStdScreenResources[] =
  *      "Mwm*[screen<#>*]<workspace>*<resource_identifier>".
  *
  ******************************<->***********************************/
-#ifdef WSM
 XtResource wmWorkspaceResources[] =
 {
     {
@@ -1670,9 +1574,6 @@ XtResource wmWorkspaceResources[] =
     }
 
 };
-#else /* WSM */
-XtResource *wmWorkspaceResources = NULL;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 
@@ -1692,7 +1593,6 @@ XtResource *wmWorkspaceResources = NULL;
  *
  *************************************<->***********************************/
 
-#ifdef WSM
 XtResource wmStdWorkspaceResources[] =
 {
     {
@@ -1705,12 +1605,8 @@ XtResource wmStdWorkspaceResources[] =
 	(XtPointer)NULL
     }
 };
-#else /* WSM */
-XtResource *wmStdWorkspaceResources = NULL;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
-#ifdef WSM
+
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  wmBackdropResources
@@ -1803,9 +1699,7 @@ XtResource wmWsPresenceResources[] =
 	(XtPointer)NULL
     }
 };
-#endif /* WSM */
 
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  wmClientResources
@@ -1824,7 +1718,6 @@ XtResource wmWsPresenceResources[] =
 XtResource wmClientResources[] =
 {
 
-#ifdef WSM
     {
 	WmNabsentMapBehavior,
 	WmCAbsentMapBehavior,
@@ -1834,7 +1727,7 @@ XtResource wmClientResources[] =
 	XtRImmediate,
 	(XtPointer)(AMAP_BEHAVIOR_ADD)
     },
-#endif /* WSM */
+
     {
 	WmNclientDecoration,
 	WmCClientDecoration,
@@ -1964,7 +1857,6 @@ XtResource wmClientResources[] =
 	XtRString,
 	"0x0"
     },
-#ifdef WSM
 
     {
 	WmNsecondariesOnTop,
@@ -1975,7 +1867,6 @@ XtResource wmClientResources[] =
 	XtRCallProc,
 	(XtPointer)_WmSecondariesOnTopDefault
     },
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     {
 	WmNsystemMenu,
@@ -1994,11 +1885,7 @@ XtResource wmClientResources[] =
 	sizeof (Boolean),
         XtOffsetOf (ClientData, useClientIcon),
 	XtRImmediate,
-#ifdef WSM
 	(XtPointer)True
-#else
-	(XtPointer)False
-#endif /* WSM */
     },
 
     {
@@ -2123,7 +2010,7 @@ XtResource wmStdClientResources[] =
 	XtRString,
 	"0x0"
     },
-#ifdef WSM
+
     {
 	WmNsecondariesOnTop,
 	WmCSecondariesOnTop,
@@ -2133,7 +2020,6 @@ XtResource wmStdClientResources[] =
 	XtRCallProc,
 	(XtPointer)_WmSecondariesOnTopDefault
     },
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     {
 	WmNuseClientIcon,
@@ -2781,7 +2667,6 @@ _WmATopShadowPixmapDefault (Widget widget, int offset, XrmValue *value)
 } /* END OF FUNCTION _WmATopShadowPixmapDefault */
 
 
-#ifdef WSM
 void 
 _WmBackdropBgDefault (Widget widget, int offset, XrmValue *value)
 {
@@ -2975,7 +2860,6 @@ DefaultWsColorSetId (WmWorkspaceData *pWS)
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION DefaultWsColorSetId */
 
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 
@@ -3060,8 +2944,7 @@ _WmMultiClickTimeDefault (Widget widget, int offset, XrmValue *value)
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION _WmMultiClickTimeDefault */
 
-#ifdef WSM
+
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  _WmSecondariesOnTopDefault (widget, offset, value)
@@ -3105,7 +2988,6 @@ _WmSecondariesOnTopDefault (Widget widget, int offset, XrmValue *value)
     value->size = sizeof (Boolean);
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION _WmSecondariesOnTopDefault */
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 
@@ -3333,8 +3215,7 @@ ProcessScreenListResource (void)
 	
 } /* END OF FUNCTION ProcessScreenListResource */
 
-#ifdef WSM
+
-
 /******************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  ProcessWmColors ()
@@ -4200,7 +4081,6 @@ CheckForNoDither (AppearanceData *pAD)
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION CheckForNoDither */
 
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 
@@ -4252,9 +4132,7 @@ ProcessAppearanceResources (WmScreenData *pSD)
 	      (XtPointer) &(pSD->clientAppearance),
 	      WmNclient, WmCClient, wmAppearanceResources, 
 	      XtNumber (wmAppearanceResources), NULL, 0);
-#ifdef WSM
     CheckForNoDither (&(pSD->clientAppearance));
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
     /*
@@ -4284,9 +4162,7 @@ ProcessAppearanceResources (WmScreenData *pSD)
     (void)XtGetSubresources (clientW, (XtPointer) &(pSD->clientTitleAppearance),
 	      WmNtitle, WmCTitle, wmAppearanceResources, 
 	      XtNumber (wmAppearanceResources), NULL, 0);
-#ifdef WSM
     CheckForNoDither (&(pSD->clientTitleAppearance));
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
     /*
@@ -4323,9 +4199,7 @@ ProcessAppearanceResources (WmScreenData *pSD)
 	      (XtPointer) &(pSD->iconAppearance),
 	      WmNicon, WmCIcon, wmAppearanceResources, 
 	      XtNumber (wmAppearanceResources), NULL, 0);
-#ifdef WSM
     CheckForNoDither (&(pSD->iconAppearance));
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
     /*
@@ -4350,9 +4224,7 @@ ProcessAppearanceResources (WmScreenData *pSD)
 	      (XtPointer) &(pSD->feedbackAppearance),
 	      WmNfeedback, WmCFeedback, wmAppearanceResources, 
 	      XtNumber (wmAppearanceResources), NULL, 0);
-#ifdef WSM
     CheckForNoDither (&(pSD->feedbackAppearance));
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /*
      * Process the feedback resource values:
@@ -4806,7 +4678,6 @@ GetAppearanceGCs (WmScreenData *pSD, Pixel fg, Pixel bg, XFontStruct *font, Pixm
 void 
 ProcessScreenResources (WmScreenData *pSD, unsigned char *screenName)
 {
-#ifdef WSM
     pResSD = pSD;	/* save current screen data for default processing */
     /*
      * Use the screen name (e.g., "0") as the default resource name.
@@ -4839,35 +4710,6 @@ ProcessScreenResources (WmScreenData *pSD, unsigned char *screenName)
 #endif
     }
 
-#else /* WSM */
-    /*
-     * Retrieve screen specific resources.
-     */
-
-    if (wmGD.useStandardBehavior)
-    {
-	XtGetSubresources (wmGD.topLevelW, (XtPointer) pSD, 
-	    (String) screenName, (String)screenName, wmStdScreenResources, 
-	    XtNumber (wmStdScreenResources), NULL, 0);
-
-	/*
-	 * Fill in the standard resource values.
-	 */
-
-	SetStdScreenResourceValues (pSD);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-	XtGetSubresources (wmGD.topLevelW, (XtPointer) pSD, 
-	    (String)screenName, (String)screenName, wmScreenResources, 
-	    XtNumber (wmScreenResources), NULL, 0);
-
-#ifndef MOTIF_ONE_DOT_ONE
-	pSD->moveOpaque =(((XmScreen) XmGetXmScreen(XtScreen(pSD->screenTopLevelW)))
-			  -> screen.moveOpaque);
-#endif
-    }
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /*
      * Do some additional processing on the window manager resource values.
@@ -4967,18 +4809,7 @@ ProcessScreenResources (WmScreenData *pSD, unsigned char *screenName)
 	    pSD->resizeBorderWidth = (int) (avg_res * 2.2);
 
 	    /* limit size because big borders look ugly */
-#ifndef WSM
-	    if (wmGD.frameStyle == WmSLAB)
-	    {
-#endif /* WSM */
 		if (pSD->resizeBorderWidth > 6) pSD->resizeBorderWidth = 6;
-#ifndef WSM
-	    }
-	    else
-	    {
-		if (pSD->resizeBorderWidth > 7) pSD->resizeBorderWidth = 7;
-	    }
-#endif /* WSM */
 	}
 
 	/* Multiply times width in mm (avg. 5-6 pixels) */
@@ -5022,15 +4853,12 @@ ProcessScreenResources (WmScreenData *pSD, unsigned char *screenName)
     {
 	pSD->resizeBorderWidth = MAXIMUM_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH;
     }
-#ifdef WSM
 
     /*
      * Update the resource database.
      */
     WriteOutXrmColors (pSD);
 
-#endif /* WSM */
-
     /*
      * Process the component appearance resources for client, 
      * icon and feedback parts of mwm.
@@ -5038,7 +4866,6 @@ ProcessScreenResources (WmScreenData *pSD, unsigned char *screenName)
 
      ProcessAppearanceResources (pSD);
 
-#ifdef WSM
     /* 
      * Process the workspace list and name the initial
      * workspaces
@@ -5052,7 +4879,6 @@ ProcessScreenResources (WmScreenData *pSD, unsigned char *screenName)
       */
      ProcessDefaultBackdropImages (pSD);
     
-#endif /* WSM */
     /*
      * Save the default icon pixmap in global data. We'll use it only
      * as a last resort.
@@ -5064,8 +4890,6 @@ ProcessScreenResources (WmScreenData *pSD, unsigned char *screenName)
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION ProcessScreenResources */
 
-#ifdef WSM
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  ProcessDefaultBackdropImages (pSD)
@@ -5242,7 +5066,6 @@ ProcessWorkspaceList (WmScreenData *pSD)
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION ProcessWorkspaceList */
 
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 /******************************<->*************************************
@@ -5281,9 +5104,7 @@ ProcessWorkspaceResources (WmWorkspaceData *pWS)
     /*
      * Retrieve workspace specific resources.
      */
-#ifdef WSM
     pResWS = pWS;	/* save current ws for default processing */
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     if (wmGD.useStandardBehavior)
     {
@@ -5296,9 +5117,7 @@ ProcessWorkspaceResources (WmWorkspaceData *pWS)
 	 *
 	 * (no code for this right now)
 	 */
-#ifdef WSM
         pWS->iconBoxGeometry = NULL;
-#endif /* WSM */
     }
     else
     {
@@ -5306,17 +5125,14 @@ ProcessWorkspaceResources (WmWorkspaceData *pWS)
 	    pWS->name, pWS->name, wmWorkspaceResources, 
 	    XtNumber (wmWorkspaceResources), NULL, 0);
 
-#ifdef WSM
         /*  Dup iconbox geometry, it may be free'd later on.  */
 
         if (pWS->iconBoxGeometry)
         {
             pWS->iconBoxGeometry = XtNewString (pWS->iconBoxGeometry);
         }
-#endif /* WSM */
     }
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if (pWS->title == NULL)
     {
 	/*
@@ -5352,12 +5168,9 @@ ProcessWorkspaceResources (WmWorkspaceData *pWS)
 	XtNumber (wmBackdropResources), NULL, 0);
 
     ProcessBackdropResources (pWS, 0);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION ProcessWorkspaceResources */
 
-#ifdef WSM
-
 /******************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  ProcessPresenceResources (pSD)
@@ -5454,7 +5267,6 @@ ProcessPresenceResources (WmScreenData *pSD)
     }
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION ProcessPresenceResources */
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 /*************************************<->*************************************
@@ -5624,13 +5436,12 @@ ProcessClientResources (ClientData *pCD)
 
         /* make top and bottom shadow pixmaps */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 	if (pCD->matteBottomShadowPStr &&
 	    (!strcmp(pCD->matteBottomShadowPStr, _NoDither)))
 	{
 	    pCD->matteBottomShadowPStr = NULL;
 	}
-#endif /* WSM */
+
         if (pCD->matteBottomShadowPStr)
         {
 	    if ((pCD->matteBottomShadowPStr ==
@@ -5662,13 +5473,12 @@ ProcessClientResources (ClientData *pCD)
 	    pCD->matteBottomShadowPixmap = (Pixmap)NULL;
         }
 
-#ifdef WSM
 	if (pCD->matteTopShadowPStr &&
 	    (!strcmp(pCD->matteTopShadowPStr, _NoDither)))
 	{
 	    pCD->matteTopShadowPStr = NULL;
 	}
-#endif /* WSM */
+
         if (pCD->matteTopShadowPStr)
         {
 	    if ((pCD->matteTopShadowPStr ==
@@ -5779,9 +5589,9 @@ SetStdClientResourceValues (ClientData *pCD)
 void 
 SetStdScreenResourceValues (WmScreenData *pSD)
 {
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
     pSD->rootMenu = builtinRootMenuName;
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
     pSD->buttonBindings = builtinButtonBindingsName;
     pSD->cleanText = True;
     pSD->iconDecoration =
@@ -5919,7 +5729,6 @@ _WmGetDynamicDefault (Widget widget, unsigned char type, String defaultColor, Pi
 
     if (Monochrome (newScreen))
     {
-#ifdef WSM
     Boolean ok = False;
     /*
      * Check color server sets for this screen.
@@ -5962,7 +5771,6 @@ _WmGetDynamicDefault (Widget widget, unsigned char type, String defaultColor, Pi
     }
     if (!ok)
     {
-#endif /* WSM */
         switch (type)
 	  {
 	  case WmFGC: newValue = BlackPixelOfScreen (newScreen); break;
@@ -5970,9 +5778,7 @@ _WmGetDynamicDefault (Widget widget, unsigned char type, String defaultColor, Pi
 	  case WmTSC: newValue = WhitePixelOfScreen (newScreen); break;
 	  case WmBSC: newValue = BlackPixelOfScreen (newScreen); break;
 	  }
-#ifdef WSM
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
 	return;
     }
 
@@ -6355,7 +6161,7 @@ WmScreenData *pSD;
 	 * set.
 	 */
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
         /*
 	 * Before parsing the string, substitute the real name for
 	 * the default rootmenu using the resource rootMenu
@@ -6371,7 +6177,7 @@ WmScreenData *pSD;
 	ParseKeyStr (pSD, (unsigned char *)buffer);
 #else
 	ParseKeyStr (pSD, (unsigned char *)builtinKeyBindings);
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
     }
     else
     {
@@ -6407,7 +6213,7 @@ WmScreenData *pSD;
 	 * set.
 	 */
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
         /*
 	 * Before parsing the string, substitute the real name for
 	 * the default rootmenu using the resource rootMenu
@@ -6423,7 +6229,7 @@ WmScreenData *pSD;
 	ParseButtonStr (pSD, (unsigned char *)buffer);
 #else
 	ParseButtonStr (pSD, (unsigned char *)builtinButtonBindings);
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
     }
 
 #ifdef NO_MESSAGE_CATALOG
@@ -6535,8 +6341,6 @@ Boolean SimilarAppearanceData (AppearanceData *pAD1, AppearanceData *pAD2)
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION SimilarAppearanceData */
 
-#ifdef WSM
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  Monochrome (screen)
@@ -6596,7 +6400,5 @@ Monochrome (Screen *screen)
 
     return ((DefaultDepthOfScreen(screen) == 1));
 } /* END OF FUNCTION Monochrome */
-#endif /* WSM */
+
-#ifdef WSM
 /****************************   eof    ***************************/
-#endif /* WSM */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmResource.h

@@ -36,10 +36,8 @@ extern void InitBuiltinSystemMenu(void);
 extern void GetAppearanceGCs (WmScreenData *pSD, Pixel fg, Pixel bg, XFontStruct *font, Pixmap bg_pixmap, Pixel ts_color, Pixmap ts_pixmap, Pixel bs_color, Pixmap bs_pixmap, GC *pGC, GC *ptsGC, GC *pbsGC);
 extern GC   GetHighlightGC (WmScreenData *pSD, Pixel fg, Pixel bg, Pixmap pixmap);
 extern void MakeAppearanceResources (WmScreenData *pSD, AppearanceData *pAData, Boolean makeActiveResources);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern Boolean Monochrome (Screen *screen);
 extern void ProcessWmColors (WmScreenData *pSD);
-#endif /* WSM */
 extern void ProcessWmResources (void);
 extern void SetStdGlobalResourceValues (void);
 extern void ProcessScreenListResource (void);
@@ -47,9 +45,7 @@ extern void ProcessAppearanceResources (WmScreenData *pSD);
 extern void ProcessGlobalScreenResources (void);
 extern void ProcessPresenceResources (WmScreenData *pSD);
 extern void ProcessScreenResources (WmScreenData *pSD, unsigned char *screenName);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern void ProcessWorkspaceList (WmScreenData *pSD);
-#endif /* WSM */
 extern void ProcessWorkspaceResources (WmWorkspaceData *pWS);
 extern void ProcessClientResources (ClientData *pCD);
 extern void SetStdClientResourceValues (ClientData *pCD);
@@ -58,10 +54,8 @@ extern char *WmRealloc (char *ptr, unsigned size);
 extern char *WmMalloc (char *ptr, unsigned size);
 extern void SetupDefaultResources (WmScreenData *pSD);
 extern Boolean SimilarAppearanceData (AppearanceData *pAD1, AppearanceData *pAD2);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern String ResCat (String s1, String s2, String s3, String s4);
 void CheckForNoDither (AppearanceData *pAD);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 #ifndef NO_MESSAGE_CATALOG
 extern char *builtinSystemMenu;
@@ -72,6 +66,3 @@ extern char builtinKeyBindings[];
 extern char builtinRootMenu[];
 extern char builtinSystemMenuName[];
 
-#ifndef WSM
-#define Monochrome(screen) ( DefaultDepthOfScreen(screen) == 1 )
-#endif /* not WSM */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmSignal.c

@@ -59,7 +59,6 @@
  */
 
 
-#ifdef WSM
 
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
@@ -146,7 +145,6 @@ RestoreDefaultSignalHandlers (void)
     (void) sigaction (SIGSYS, &sa, (struct sigaction *) 0);
 #endif
 }
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 /*************************************<->*************************************
@@ -162,11 +160,6 @@ RestoreDefaultSignalHandlers (void)
 
 void SetupWmSignalHandlers (int dummy)
 {
-#ifndef WSM
-    void (*signalHandler) ();
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WSM
     struct sigaction 	sa;
     struct sigaction 	osa;
 
@@ -220,26 +213,6 @@ void SetupWmSignalHandlers (int dummy)
     (void) sigaction (SIGSYS, &sa, (struct sigaction *) 0);
 #endif
 
-#else /* not WSM - original mwm code*/
-
-    signalHandler = (void (*)())signal (SIGINT, SIG_IGN);
-    if (signalHandler != (void (*)())SIG_IGN)
-    {
-	signal (SIGINT, QuitWmSignalHandler);
-    }
-
-    signalHandler = (void (*)())signal (SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
-    if (signalHandler != (void (*)())SIG_IGN)
-    {
-	signal (SIGHUP, QuitWmSignalHandler);
-    }
-
-    signal (SIGQUIT, QuitWmSignalHandler);
-
-    signal (SIGTERM, QuitWmSignalHandler);
-#endif /* WSM */
-
-
 } /* END OF FUNCTION SetupWmSignalHandlers */
 
 

cde/programs/dtwm/WmWinConf.c

@@ -52,7 +52,6 @@
 #define NotGrabbed	0
 #define ResizeGrab	1
 #define MoveGrab	2
-#ifdef WSM
 
 /* Anchors */
 #define ANCHOR_NONE	0
@@ -64,7 +63,6 @@
 #ifndef ABS
 #define ABS(x) ((x)>0?(x):(-(x)))
 #endif /* ABS */
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 /* number of times to poll before blocking on a config event */
 
@@ -113,12 +111,10 @@ static unsigned int resizeBigWidthInc, resizeBigHeightInc;
 static int startX, startY; 
 static unsigned int startWidth, startHeight;
 static unsigned int minWidth, minHeight, maxHeight, maxWidth;
-#ifdef WSM
 static int marqueeX, marqueeY;	/* root coords of UL corner of are */
 static long marqueeWidth, marqueeHeight;	/* size of area */
 static unsigned int marqueeAnchor;	/* id of anchor corner */
 static long marqueeWidth0, marqueeHeight0;	/* old size of area */
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 static int opaqueMoveX = 0;    /* for cancel request on opaque moves */
 static int opaqueMoveY = 0;
@@ -133,9 +129,9 @@ static int moveLastPointerY= 0;
 
 static Boolean anyMotion = FALSE;
 static Boolean configGrab = FALSE;
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 static Boolean grabServer = TRUE;
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 Dimension clipWidth = 0;
 Dimension clipHeight = 0;
@@ -1307,7 +1303,6 @@ void CompleteFrameConfig (ClientData *pcd, XEvent *pev)
 				     FALSE);
 	}
     }
-#ifdef WSM
     else if (wmGD.configAction == MARQUEE_SELECT)
     {
 	WmScreenData *pSD;
@@ -1319,7 +1314,6 @@ void CompleteFrameConfig (ClientData *pcd, XEvent *pev)
 	dtSendMarqueeSelectionNotification(pSD, DT_MARQUEE_SELECT_END, 
 			marqueeX, marqueeY, marqueeWidth, marqueeHeight);
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /*
      * Clear configuration flags and data.
@@ -1332,10 +1326,8 @@ void CompleteFrameConfig (ClientData *pcd, XEvent *pev)
     anyMotion = FALSE;
     wmGD.movingIcon = FALSE;
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if (pcd)
     {
-#endif /* WSM */
     /* hide the move/resize config data */
     HideFeedbackWindow(pcd->pSD);
 
@@ -1343,9 +1335,7 @@ void CompleteFrameConfig (ClientData *pcd, XEvent *pev)
      * Set the focus back to something reasonable
      */
     RepairFocus ();	
-#ifdef WSM
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION CompleteFrameConfig */
 
@@ -1500,11 +1490,9 @@ void MoveOutline (int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
     }
     else
     {
-#ifdef WSM
       if (wmGD.useWindowOutline)
 	WindowOutline(x,y,width,height);
       else
-#endif
 	FlashOutline(x, y, width, height);
     }
 } /* END OF FUNCTION  MoveOutline */
@@ -1571,7 +1559,6 @@ void FlashOutline (int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
     }
 } /* END OF FUNCTION  FlashOutline */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
@@ -1773,7 +1760,6 @@ void WindowOutline (int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION  WindowOutline */
 
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 /*************************************<->*************************************
@@ -2586,7 +2572,7 @@ Boolean StartClientMove (ClientData *pcd, XEvent *pev)
 } /* END OF FUNCTION StartClientMove */
 
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  SetGrabServer ()
@@ -2615,7 +2601,7 @@ void SetGrabServer (void)
 {
     grabServer = FALSE;
 }
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 
 /*************************************<->*************************************
@@ -2647,7 +2633,6 @@ void SetGrabServer (void)
 Boolean DoGrabs (Window grab_win, Cursor cursor, unsigned int pmask, Time grabTime, ClientData *pCD, Boolean alwaysGrab)
 {
 
-#ifdef WSM
     Window root;
 
     if (pCD)
@@ -2656,9 +2641,6 @@ Boolean DoGrabs (Window grab_win, Cursor cursor, unsigned int pmask, Time grabTi
 	root = RootWindow (DISPLAY, ACTIVE_PSD->screen);
 
     if (pCD && pCD->pSD->useIconBox && wmGD.movingIcon && P_ICON_BOX(pCD))
-#else
-    if (pCD->pSD->useIconBox && wmGD.movingIcon && P_ICON_BOX(pCD))
-#endif
     {
 	/*
 	 * Confine the pointer to the icon box clip window
@@ -2688,11 +2670,7 @@ Boolean DoGrabs (Window grab_win, Cursor cursor, unsigned int pmask, Time grabTi
 			 pmask,
 			 GrabModeAsync,		/* pointer_mode */
 			 GrabModeAsync,		/* keyboard_mode */
-#ifdef WSM
 			 root,
-#else
-			 ROOT_FOR_CLIENT(pCD),		/* confine_to window */
-#endif
 			 cursor,
 			 grabTime) != GrabSuccess)
 	{
@@ -2723,20 +2701,15 @@ Boolean DoGrabs (Window grab_win, Cursor cursor, unsigned int pmask, Time grabTi
 	 * If running automation version of mwm, do not grab the server, since
 	 * this will confuse the automation input synthesis code.
 	 */
-# if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+# if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 if (grabServer == TRUE)
-# endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+# endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
     if (wmGD.freezeOnConfig) 
 	
     {
-#ifdef WSM
 	if (!pCD || ((pCD->pSD->moveOpaque && alwaysGrab) ||
 	           (!(pCD->pSD->moveOpaque))))
-#else /* WSM */
-	if ((pCD->pSD->moveOpaque && alwaysGrab) ||
-	    (!(pCD->pSD->moveOpaque)))
-#endif /* WSM */
 	{
 	    XGrabServer(DISPLAY);
         }
@@ -2822,10 +2795,8 @@ void CancelFrameConfig (ClientData *pcd)
     UndoGrabs();
 
     /* turn off feedback window */
-#ifdef WSM
     if (pcd)
     {
-#endif /* WSM */
     HideFeedbackWindow(pcd->pSD);
 
     /* make sure title bar is popped out */
@@ -2859,19 +2830,15 @@ void CancelFrameConfig (ClientData *pcd)
 			 opaqueMoveX, opaqueMoveY);
 	}
     }
-#ifdef WSM
     }
     if (wmGD.configAction == MARQUEE_SELECT)
     {
        dtSendMarqueeSelectionNotification(ACTIVE_PSD, DT_MARQUEE_SELECT_CANCEL, 
 			    marqueeX, marqueeY, 0, 0);
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /* replace pointer if no motion events received */
-#ifdef WSM
     if (pcd)
-#endif /* WSM */
     if (!anyMotion && wmGD.enableWarp) {
 	XWarpPointer(DISPLAY, None, ROOT_FOR_CLIENT(pcd), 
 			 0, 0, 0, 0, wmGD.preMoveX, wmGD.preMoveY);
@@ -2919,20 +2886,16 @@ void
 CheckEatButtonRelease (ClientData *pcd, XEvent *pev)
 {
     Window grab_win;
-#ifdef WSM
     Window root;
 
     if (pcd != (ClientData *)NULL)
 	root = ROOT_FOR_CLIENT(pcd);
     else
 	root = RootWindow (DISPLAY, ACTIVE_PSD->screen);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if (pcd == (ClientData *) NULL)
 	grab_win = root;
     else
-#endif /* WSM */
 	grab_win = GrabWin(pcd, pev);
 
     if ((pev->type == KeyPress || pev->type == KeyRelease) &&
@@ -2948,11 +2911,7 @@ CheckEatButtonRelease (ClientData *pcd, XEvent *pev)
 			 ButtonReleaseMask,
 			 GrabModeAsync,		/* pointer_mode */
 			 GrabModeAsync,		/* keyboard_mode */
-#ifdef WSM
 			 root,			/* confine_to window */
-#else /* WSM */
-			 ROOT_FOR_CLIENT(pcd),	/* confine_to window */
-#endif /* WSM */
 			 wmGD.configCursor,
 			 pev->xbutton.time) == GrabSuccess)
 	{
@@ -2993,9 +2952,7 @@ EatButtonRelease (unsigned int releaseButtons)
 
     while (releaseButtons)
     {
-#ifdef WSM
 	PullExposureEvents ();
-#endif /* WSM */
 	XMaskEvent (DISPLAY, ButtonReleaseMask, &event);
 
 	if (event.type == ButtonRelease)
@@ -4034,8 +3991,7 @@ Window GrabWin (ClientData *pcd, XEvent *pev)
     return (grab_win);
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION GrabWin */
-#ifdef WSM
+
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  HandleMarqueeSelect (pSD, event)
@@ -4447,4 +4403,3 @@ Boolean HandleMarqueeKeyPress (WmScreenData *pSD, XEvent *pev)
     } /* end switch(keysym) */
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION HandleResizeKeyPress */
-#endif /* WSM */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmWinConf.h

@@ -71,9 +71,9 @@ extern void ProcessNewConfiguration (ClientData *pCD, int x, int y,
 				     unsigned int width, unsigned int height, 
 				     Boolean clientRequest);
 extern void ReGrabPointer (Window grab_win, Time grabTime);
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 extern void SetGrabServer (void);
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 extern void SetOutline (XSegment *pOutline, int x, int y, unsigned int width, 
 			unsigned int height, int fatness);
 extern void SetPointerPosition (int newX, int newY, int *actualX, 
@@ -84,12 +84,10 @@ extern void StartClientResize (ClientData *pcd, XEvent *pev);
 extern Boolean StartResizeConfig (ClientData *pcd, XEvent *pev);
 extern int ResizeType (ClientData *pcd, XEvent *pev);
 extern void UndoGrabs (void);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern void HandleMarqueeSelect (WmScreenData *pSD, XEvent *pev);
 extern void StartMarqueeSelect(WmScreenData *pSD, XEvent *pev);
 extern void UpdateMarqueeSelectData (WmScreenData *pSD);
 extern Boolean HandleMarqueeKeyPress (WmScreenData *pSD, XEvent *pev);
 extern void WindowOutline (int x, int y, unsigned int width, 
 			 unsigned int height);
-#endif /* WSM */
 

cde/programs/dtwm/WmWinInfo.c

@@ -65,13 +65,9 @@
 #include "WmOL.h"
 #include "WmProperty.h" 
 #include "WmResource.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmWrkspace.h"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #include "WmWinList.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmPresence.h"
-#endif /* WSM */
 #include "WmXSMP.h"
 #include "WmMultiHead.h"
 
@@ -87,9 +83,7 @@ static void FixSubpanelEmbeddedClientGeometry (ClientData *pCD);
 /*
  * Global Variables:
  */
-#ifdef WSM
 WmWorkspaceData *pIconBoxInitialWS;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 
@@ -148,9 +142,6 @@ GetClientInfo (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
     pCD->clientID = ++(pSD->clientCounter);
     pCD->clientFlags = WM_INITIALIZATION;
     pCD->iconFlags = 0;
-#ifndef WSM
-    pCD->pIconBox = NULL;
-#endif /* WSM */
     pCD->thisIconBox = NULL;
     pCD->pECD = NULL;
     pCD->pPRCD = NULL;
@@ -160,9 +151,7 @@ GetClientInfo (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
     pCD->transientLeader = NULL;
     pCD->transientChildren = NULL;
     pCD->transientSiblings = NULL;
-#ifdef WSM
     pCD->primaryStackPosition = 0;
-#endif /* WSM */
     pCD->fullModalCount = 0;
     pCD->primaryModalCount = 0;
     pCD->focusPriority = 0;
@@ -172,14 +161,8 @@ GetClientInfo (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
     pCD->clientClass = NULL;
     pCD->clientName = NULL;
     pCD->clientFrameWin = (Window)0L;
-#ifndef WSM
-    pCD->iconFrameWin = (Window)0L;
-#endif /* WSM */
     pCD->iconWindow = (Window)0L;
     pCD->iconPixmap = (Pixmap)0L;
-#ifndef WSM
-    pCD->iconPlace = NO_ICON_PLACE;
-#endif /* WSM */
     pCD->clientProtocols = NULL;
     pCD->clientProtocolCount = 0;
     pCD->mwmMessages = NULL;
@@ -188,7 +171,6 @@ GetClientInfo (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
     pCD->clientCmapIndex = 0;
     pCD->clientCmapFlagsInitialized = FALSE;
     pCD->systemMenuSpec = NULL;
-#ifdef WSM
     pCD->putInAll = False;
     pCD->pWorkspaceHints = NULL;
     pCD->numInhabited = 0;
@@ -197,7 +179,6 @@ GetClientInfo (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
     pCD->dtwmBehaviors = 0L;
     pCD->paInitialProperties = NULL;
     pCD->numInitialProperties = 0;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     pCD->decorFlags = 0L;
     pCD->pTitleGadgets = NULL;
@@ -238,7 +219,6 @@ GetClientInfo (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
 
     if (manageFlags & MANAGEW_WM_CLIENTS)
     {
-#ifdef WSM
         WmWorkspaceData *pWS;
 
 	if (manageFlags & MANAGEW_ICON_BOX)
@@ -250,9 +230,6 @@ GetClientInfo (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
 	    pWS = pSD->pActiveWS;
 	}
 	return (GetWmClientInfo (pWS, pCD, manageFlags));
-#else /* WSM */
-	return (GetWmClientInfo (pSD->pActiveWS, pCD, manageFlags));
-#endif /* WSM */
     }
 
 
@@ -289,13 +266,11 @@ GetClientInfo (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
     }
     pCD->xBorderWidth = wmGD.windowAttributes.border_width;
 
-#ifdef WSM
     /*
      * Get the initial list of properties on this window. 
      * Save it to optimize subsequent property fetching.
      */
     GetInitialPropertyList (pCD);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /*
      * Retrieve and process WM_CLASS hints client window property info:
@@ -326,7 +301,6 @@ GetClientInfo (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
     ProcessSmClientID (pCD);
     ProcessWmSaveHint (pCD);
 
-#ifdef WSM
     /*
      *  Set client's workspace information.  NOTE: this also may
      *  set the geometry, initial state, etc.  For Sm-aware clients,
@@ -349,15 +323,6 @@ GetClientInfo (WmScreenData *pSD, Window clientWindow, long manageFlags)
      * (results are used in ProcessMwmHints)
      */
     ProcessDtWmHints (pCD);
-#else
-
-    /*
-     * For Sm-aware clients, retrieve geometry and initial state
-     * from private DB.
-     */
-    FindClientDBMatch(pCD, (char **)NULL);
-
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /*
      * Retrieve and process M_CLIENT_DECOR client window property info:
@@ -486,9 +451,7 @@ GetWmClientInfo (WmWorkspaceData *pWS,
 
 {
     Pixmap 	iconBitmap;
-#ifdef WSM
+    int i;
-int i;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /*
      * Set up the client class and name for resource retrieval.
@@ -574,7 +537,6 @@ int i;
         }
     }
 
-#ifdef WSM
     /* 
      * Allocate initial workspace ID list 
      * fill with NULL IDs
@@ -601,11 +563,6 @@ int i;
      * PutClientIntoWorkspace.
      */
     pCD->numInhabited = 0;
-#else /* WSM */
-    pCD->iconPlace = NO_ICON_PLACE;
-    pCD->iconX = 0;
-    pCD->iconY = 0;
-#endif /* WSM */
     pCD->windowGroup = 0L;
 #ifndef NO_OL_COMPAT
     pCD->bPseudoTransient = False;
@@ -641,9 +598,7 @@ int i;
         if (manageFlags & MANAGEW_ICON_BOX)
         {
             pCD->clientFunctions &= ICON_BOX_FUNCTIONS;
-#ifdef WSM
 	    pCD->dtwmFunctions &= ~DtWM_FUNCTION_OCCUPY_WS;
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    if (wmGD.useFrontPanel && pCD->pSD->iconBoxControl) 
 	    { 
 		/*
@@ -732,9 +687,7 @@ int i;
             Warning (((char *)GETMESSAGE(70, 3, "Couldn't make icon box")));
 	    return (NULL);
         }
-#ifdef WSM
 	PutClientIntoWorkspace (pWS, pCD);
-#endif /* WSM */
     }
     else if (manageFlags & MANAGEW_CONFIRM_BOX)
     {
@@ -756,9 +709,7 @@ int i;
         pCD->widthInc = 1;
         pCD->heightInc = 1;
         pCD->clientFlags |= CONFIRM_BOX;
-#ifdef WSM
 	PutClientIntoWorkspace (ACTIVE_WS, pCD);
-#endif /* WSM */
     }
 
     /*
@@ -789,7 +740,7 @@ int i;
 
     if (manageFlags & MANAGEW_ICON_BOX)
     {
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
 	/** BEGIN FIX CR 6941 **/
 	MenuItem *iconBoxMenuItems, *lastItem;
 
@@ -827,7 +778,7 @@ int i;
 		       F_CONTEXT_WINDOW, F_CONTEXT_WINDOW|F_CONTEXT_ICON,
 		       GetIconBoxMenuItems(PSD_FOR_CLIENT(pCD)),
 		       TRUE);
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
     }
 
 
@@ -887,12 +838,8 @@ ProcessWmClass (ClientData *pCD)
     classHint.res_name = "";
     XGetClassHint (DISPLAY, pCD->client, &classHint);
 #else
-#ifdef WSM
     if ((HasProperty (pCD, XA_WM_CLASS)) &&
 	(XGetClassHint (DISPLAY, pCD->client, &classHint)))
-#else /* WSM */
-    if (XGetClassHint (DISPLAY, pCD->client, &classHint))
-#endif /* WSM */
 #endif
     {
 	/* the WM_CLASS property exists for the client window */
@@ -1044,11 +991,9 @@ ProcessWmHints (ClientData *pCD, Boolean firstTime)
     register long flags;
     Pixmap iconPixmap;
     Pixmap iconMask;
-#ifdef WSM
     WmWorkspaceData *pWsTmp;
     WsClientData *pWsc;
     int iws;
-#endif /* WSM */
     int tmpIconX, tmpIconY;
 
 
@@ -1058,11 +1003,9 @@ ProcessWmHints (ClientData *pCD, Boolean firstTime)
      * since they may be none.
      */
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if (firstTime && !HasProperty (pCD, XA_WM_HINTS))
 	pXWMHints = NULL;
     else
-#endif /* WSM */
 	pXWMHints = XGetWMHints (DISPLAY, pCD->client);
 
     if (pXWMHints)
@@ -1177,12 +1120,10 @@ ProcessWmHints (ClientData *pCD, Boolean firstTime)
         }
 
 
-#ifdef WSM
 	if (!ClientInWorkspace (PSD_FOR_CLIENT(pCD)->pActiveWS, pCD))
 	{
 	    pCD->clientState |= UNSEEN_STATE;
 	}
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
         /*
@@ -1286,7 +1227,6 @@ ProcessWmHints (ClientData *pCD, Boolean firstTime)
             {
 	        pCD->iconFlags |= ICON_HINTS_POSITION;
 	        if (wmGD.iconAutoPlace)
-#ifdef WSM
 	        {
 		    /* 
 		     * Initialize icon placement data in all inhabited
@@ -1328,35 +1268,11 @@ ProcessWmHints (ClientData *pCD, Boolean firstTime)
 			}
 		    }
                 }
-#else /* WSM */
-	        {
-		    tmpIconX = (pCD->clientFlags & SM_ICON_X) ?
-		      pCD->iconX : pXWMHints->icon_x;
-		    tmpIconY = (pCD->clientFlags & SM_ICON_Y) ?
-		      pCD->iconY : pXWMHints->icon_y;
-		    pCD->iconPlace = 
-			FindIconPlace (pCD, &(pCD->pSD->pActiveWS->IPData),
-				       tmpIconX, tmpIconY);
-		    if (pCD->iconPlace != NO_ICON_PLACE)
-		    {
-		        CvtIconPlaceToPosition (&(pCD->pSD->pActiveWS->IPData),
-			    pCD->iconPlace, &pCD->iconX, &pCD->iconY);
-		    }
-	        }
-	        else
-	        {
-		    if (!(pCD->clientFlags & SM_ICON_X))
-			pCD->iconX = pXWMHints->icon_x;
-		    if (!(pCD->clientFlags & SM_ICON_Y))
-			pCD->iconY = pXWMHints->icon_y;
-                }
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    }
 	    else
 	    {
 	        if (wmGD.iconAutoPlace)
 	        {
-#ifdef WSM
 		    /* 
 		     * Initialize icon placement data in all inhabited
 		     * workspaces
@@ -1368,11 +1284,6 @@ ProcessWmHints (ClientData *pCD, Boolean firstTime)
 			pWsc->iconX = 0;
 			pWsc->iconY = 0;
 		    }
-#else /* WSM */
-		    pCD->iconPlace = NO_ICON_PLACE;
-		    pCD->iconX = 0;
-		    pCD->iconY = 0;
-#endif /* WSM */
 	        }
 	    }
 	}
@@ -2300,9 +2211,7 @@ ProcessWmWindowTitle (ClientData *pCD, Boolean firstTime)
     XmString title_xms = NULL;
 
     if ((pCD->clientDecoration & MWM_DECOR_TITLE) &&
-#ifdef WSM
 	(!firstTime || HasProperty (pCD, XA_WM_NAME)) &&
-#endif /* WSM */
 	XGetWMName(DISPLAY, pCD->client, &wmNameProp))
     {
       title_xms = WmICCCMToXmString(&wmNameProp);
@@ -2517,9 +2426,7 @@ ProcessWmIconTitle (ClientData *pCD, Boolean firstTime)
 
   if ((pCD->clientFunctions & MWM_FUNC_MINIMIZE) &&
       (pCD->transientLeader == NULL) &&
-#ifdef WSM
       (!firstTime || HasProperty(pCD, XA_WM_ICON_NAME)) &&
-#endif /* WSM */
       XGetWMIconName (DISPLAY, pCD->client, &wmIconNameProp))
   {
     icon_xms = WmICCCMToXmString(&wmIconNameProp);
@@ -2594,12 +2501,8 @@ ProcessWmTransientFor (ClientData *pCD)
     ClientData *leader;
 
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if ((HasProperty (pCD, XA_WM_TRANSIENT_FOR)) &&
 	(XGetTransientForHint (DISPLAY, pCD->client, &window)))
-#else /* WSM */
-    if (XGetTransientForHint (DISPLAY, pCD->client, &window))
-#endif /* WSM */
     {
 	pCD->clientFlags |= CLIENT_TRANSIENT;
 
@@ -2655,9 +2558,9 @@ ProcessWmTransientFor (ClientData *pCD)
 void 
 MakeSystemMenu (ClientData *pCD)
 {
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
     MenuItem *lastItem;
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
     pCD->mwmMenuItems = GetMwmMenuItems(pCD);
     pCD->systemMenuSpec = 
@@ -2692,7 +2595,7 @@ MakeSystemMenu (ClientData *pCD)
      * without any documentation.
      */
 
-#if ((!defined(WSM)) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
+#if (defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL))
     /** BEGIN FIX CR 6941 **/
 
     /* if we still don't have a menu spec, then just abort. */
@@ -2718,7 +2621,7 @@ MakeSystemMenu (ClientData *pCD)
 			PSD_FOR_CLIENT(pCD)->screenTopLevelW, TRUE,
 			pCD->systemMenuSpec, NULL);
     /** END FIX CR 6941 **/
-#endif /* !defined(WSM) || defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
+#endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 #endif /* defined(MWM_QATS_PROTOCOL) */
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION MakeSystemMenu */
@@ -2921,9 +2824,7 @@ InitClientPlacement (ClientData *pCD, long manageFlags)
     Boolean rval = False;
     int xoff, yoff;
     int origX, origY, origWidth, origHeight;
-#ifdef WSM
     int iwsc;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
     /*
@@ -2954,11 +2855,7 @@ InitClientPlacement (ClientData *pCD, long manageFlags)
         (manageFlags == MANAGEW_NORMAL) &&
 	!(pCD->clientFlags & CLIENT_TRANSIENT) &&
 	(pCD->inputMode != MWM_INPUT_SYSTEM_MODAL) &&
-#ifdef WSM
 	(ClientInWorkspace(PSD_FOR_CLIENT(pCD)->pActiveWS, pCD)))
-#else /* WSM */
-	(PSD_FOR_CLIENT(pCD) == ACTIVE_PSD))
-#endif /* WSM */
     {
 	/*
 	 * Interactively place the window on the screen.
@@ -3031,7 +2928,6 @@ InitClientPlacement (ClientData *pCD, long manageFlags)
      */
 
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if (pCD->dtwmBehaviors & DtWM_BEHAVIOR_SUBPANEL)
     {
 	if (pCD->dtwmBehaviors & DtWM_BEHAVIOR_SUB_RESTORED)
@@ -3043,9 +2939,7 @@ InitClientPlacement (ClientData *pCD, long manageFlags)
 	    AdjustSlideOutGeometry (pCD);
 	}
     }
-    else
+    else if (((wmGD.positionOnScreen) && !interactivelyPlaced) &&
-#endif /* WSM */
-    if (((wmGD.positionOnScreen) && !interactivelyPlaced) &&
 	(!(pCD->clientFlags & (SM_X | SM_Y))))
     {
 	PlaceFrameOnScreen (pCD, &pCD->clientX, &pCD->clientY,
@@ -3065,7 +2959,6 @@ InitClientPlacement (ClientData *pCD, long manageFlags)
 
     if (!wmGD.iconAutoPlace)
     {
-#ifdef WSM
 	if (!(pCD->iconFlags & ICON_HINTS_POSITION))
 	{
 	    for (iwsc=0; iwsc<pCD->numInhabited; iwsc++)
@@ -3076,14 +2969,6 @@ InitClientPlacement (ClientData *pCD, long manageFlags)
 					&pCD->pWsList[iwsc].iconY);
 	    }
 	}
-#else /* WSM */
-	if (!(pCD->iconFlags & ICON_HINTS_POSITION))
-	{
-	    pCD->iconX = pCD->clientX;
-	    pCD->iconY = pCD->clientY;
-	}
-	PlaceIconOnScreen (pCD, &pCD->iconX, &pCD->iconY);
-#endif /* WSM */
     }
 
     /* 
@@ -4120,7 +4005,6 @@ ProcessMwmHints (ClientData *pCD)
     }
 #endif /* NO_OL_COMPAT */
 
-#ifdef WSM
     /* 
      * If primary window can't move between workspaces, then
      * secondary window shouldn't either.
@@ -4130,7 +4014,6 @@ ProcessMwmHints (ClientData *pCD)
     {
 	pCD->dtwmFunctions &= ~DtWM_FUNCTION_OCCUPY_WS;
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /*
      * Fix up functions based on system modal settings.  System modal

cde/programs/dtwm/WmWinList.c

@@ -55,9 +55,7 @@
 #include "WmMenu.h"
 #include "WmResource.h"
 #include "WmWinInfo.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmWrkspace.h"
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 
@@ -104,9 +102,7 @@ void AddClientToList (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientData *pCD, Boolean onTop)
     Boolean belowSystemModal = False;
     XWindowChanges windowChanges;
     WmScreenData *pSD = pWS->pSD;
-#ifdef WSM
     WsClientData *pWsc = GetWsClientData (pWS, pCD);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
     if (pCD->inputMode == MWM_INPUT_SYSTEM_MODAL)
@@ -170,11 +166,7 @@ void AddClientToList (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientData *pCD, Boolean onTop)
 	}
 
 
-#ifdef WSM
 	if (!pWsc->pIconBox && pWsc->iconFrameWin)
-#else /* WSM */
-	if (!pCD->pIconBox && pCD->iconFrameWin)
-#endif /* WSM */
 	{
 	    /*
 	     * Put the icon on the bottom of the stack.
@@ -182,27 +174,18 @@ void AddClientToList (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientData *pCD, Boolean onTop)
 
 	    if (pSD->lastClient->type == MINIMIZED_STATE)
 	    {
-#ifdef WSM
 		WsClientData *pWsib;
 
 		pWsib = &pSD->lastClient->pCD->pWsList[0];
 		windowChanges.sibling = pWsib->iconFrameWin;
-#else /* WSM */
-		windowChanges.sibling = pSD->lastClient->pCD->iconFrameWin;
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    }
 	    else
 	    {
 		windowChanges.sibling = pSD->lastClient->pCD->clientFrameWin;
 	    }
 	    windowChanges.stack_mode = Below;
-#ifdef WSM
 	    XConfigureWindow (DISPLAY, pWsc->iconFrameWin,
 	        CWSibling | CWStackMode, &windowChanges);
-#else /* WSM */
-	    XConfigureWindow (DISPLAY, pCD->iconFrameWin,
-	        CWSibling | CWStackMode, &windowChanges);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 	    pCD->iconEntry.type = MINIMIZED_STATE;
 	    pCD->iconEntry.pCD = pCD;
@@ -444,9 +427,7 @@ void DeleteEntryFromList (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientListEntry *pListEntry)
 
 void DeleteClientFromList (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientData *pCD)
 {
-#ifdef WSM
     WsClientData *pWsc = GetWsClientData (pWS, pCD);
-#endif /* WSM */
     WmScreenData *pSD = pWS->pSD;
 
     if (pCD->transientLeader)
@@ -469,11 +450,7 @@ void DeleteClientFromList (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientData *pCD)
 	 * Remove the client and icon entries from the window list.
 	 */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 	if (!pWsc->pIconBox && pWsc->iconFrameWin)
-#else /* WSM */
-	if (!pCD->pIconBox && pCD->iconFrameWin)
-#endif /* WSM */
 	{
 	    if (pCD->iconEntry.prevSibling)
 	    {
@@ -1012,12 +989,10 @@ Boolean PutTransientOnTop (ClientData *pcd)
 	{
 	    restack = True;
 	}
-#ifdef WSM
 	if (BumpPrimaryToBottom (pcdLeader))
 	{
 	    restack = True;
 	}
-#endif /* WSM */
     }
 
     return (restack);
@@ -1116,9 +1091,6 @@ void RestackTransients (ClientData *pcd)
     int count;
     static int size = 0;
     static Window *windows = NULL;
-#ifndef WSM
-    Window *nextWindow;
-#endif /* WSM */
     XWindowChanges windowChanges;
     int i;
     int leaderIndex;
@@ -1150,12 +1122,7 @@ void RestackTransients (ClientData *pcd)
 	size = count + 5;
     }
 
-#ifdef WSM
     MakeTransientFamilyStackingList (windows, pcdLeader);
-#else /* WSM */
-    nextWindow = MakeTransientWindowList (windows, pcdLeader);
-    *nextWindow = pcdLeader->clientFrameWin;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     /*
      *  Changes for CDExc19397.
@@ -1471,7 +1438,6 @@ ClientData * FindTransientOnTop (ClientData *pcd)
      */
 
     pcd = FindTransientTreeLeader (pcd);
-#ifdef WSM
     if (!(pcd->secondariesOnTop) &&
 	(LeaderOnTop (pcd)))
     {
@@ -1489,7 +1455,6 @@ ClientData * FindTransientOnTop (ClientData *pcd)
 		return (pcdSub);
 	}
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
     /*
@@ -1655,7 +1620,6 @@ void StackWindow (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientListEntry *pEntry, Boolean onTop,
     }
     else
     {
-#ifdef WSM
 	/*
 	 * Adjust stack entry window if we're stacking below a
 	 * transient tree.
@@ -1665,7 +1629,6 @@ void StackWindow (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientListEntry *pEntry, Boolean onTop,
 	    stackWindow = LowestWindowInTransientFamily (pStackEntry->pCD);
 	}
 
-#endif /* WSM */
 	if (stackWindow == 0)
 	{
 	    if (pSD->lastClient->type == MINIMIZED_STATE)
@@ -1674,14 +1637,12 @@ void StackWindow (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientListEntry *pEntry, Boolean onTop,
 	    }
 	    else
 	    {
-#ifdef WSM
 		if (pSD->lastClient->pCD->transientChildren)
 		{
 		    stackWindow = 
 			LowestWindowInTransientFamily (pSD->lastClient->pCD);
 		}
 		else
-#endif /* WSM */
 		stackWindow = pSD->lastClient->pCD->clientFrameWin;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -1882,7 +1843,6 @@ Boolean CheckIfObscuring (ClientData *pcdA, ClientData *pcdB)
     int bY1;
     int bY2;
 
-#ifdef WSM
     /*
      * For workspace stuff: if either is unseen, then neither
      * is obscured.
@@ -1892,7 +1852,6 @@ Boolean CheckIfObscuring (ClientData *pcdA, ClientData *pcdB)
     {
 	return (False);
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     if (pcdA->clientState == NORMAL_STATE)
     {
@@ -2423,8 +2382,7 @@ ClientListEntry * FindClientNameMatch (ClientListEntry *pEntry,
     return (pEntry);
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION FindClientNameMatch */
-#ifdef WSM
+
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  BumpPrimaryToTop (pcdLeader)
@@ -2821,4 +2779,3 @@ LeaderOnTop (
     return (bOnTop);
 }
 
-#endif /* WSM */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmWinList.h

@@ -36,10 +36,8 @@ extern void AddClientToList (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientData *pCD,
 extern void AddEntryToList (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientListEntry *pEntry, 
 			    Boolean onTop, ClientListEntry *pStackEntry);
 extern void AddTransient (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientData *pCD);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern Boolean BumpPrimaryToBottom (ClientData *pcdLeader);
 extern Boolean BumpPrimaryToTop (ClientData *pcdLeader);
-#endif /* WSM */
 extern Boolean CheckIfClientObscuredByAny (ClientData *pcd);
 extern Boolean CheckIfClientObscuring (ClientData *pcdTop, ClientData *pcd);
 extern Boolean CheckIfClientObscuringAny (ClientData *pcd);
@@ -55,28 +53,22 @@ extern ClientListEntry *FindClientNameMatch (ClientListEntry *pEntry,
 					     Boolean toNext, 
 					     String clientName,
 					     unsigned long types);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern ClientData *FindSubLeaderToTop (ClientData *pcd);
-#endif /* WSM */
 extern ClientData *FindTransientFocus (ClientData *pcd);
 extern ClientData *FindTransientOnTop (ClientData *pcd);
 extern ClientData *FindTransientTreeLeader (ClientData *pcd);
 extern void FixupFullAppModalCounts (ClientData *pcdLeader, 
 				     ClientData *pcdDelete);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern Boolean LeaderOnTop (ClientData *pcdLeader);
 extern Window LowestWindowInTransientFamily (ClientData *pcdLeader);
 extern void MakeTransientFamilyStackingList (Window *windows, 
 					    ClientData *pcdLeader);
-#endif /* WSM */
 extern Window *MakeTransientWindowList (Window *windows, ClientData *pcd);
 extern void MarkModalSubtree (ClientData *pcdTree, ClientData *pcdAvoid);
 extern void MarkModalTransient (ClientData *pcdLeader, ClientData *pCD);
 extern void MoveEntryInList (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientListEntry *pEntry, 
 			     Boolean onTop, ClientListEntry *pStackEntry);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern Boolean NormalizeTransientTreeStacking (ClientData *pcdLeader);
-#endif /* WSM */
 extern Boolean PutTransientBelowSiblings (ClientData *pcd);
 extern Boolean PutTransientOnTop (ClientData *pcd);
 extern void RestackTransients (ClientData *pcd);

cde/programs/dtwm/WmWinState.c

@@ -56,9 +56,7 @@
 #include "WmProperty.h"
 #include "WmWinInfo.h"
 #include "WmWinList.h"
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmWrkspace.h"
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 
 /*
@@ -117,9 +115,7 @@ void SetClientStateWithEventMask (ClientData *pCD, int newState, Time setTime, u
     ClientData *pcdLeader;
     int currentState;
     WmScreenData *pSD = PSD_FOR_CLIENT(pCD);
-#ifdef WSM
     Boolean notShowing = (newState & UNSEEN_STATE);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     currentState = pCD->clientState;
     if (currentState == newState)
@@ -136,9 +132,7 @@ void SetClientStateWithEventMask (ClientData *pCD, int newState, Time setTime, u
      */
 
     pcdLeader = (pCD->transientLeader) ? FindTransientTreeLeader (pCD) : pCD;
-#ifdef WSM
     SetClientWsIndex (pCD);
-#endif /* WSM */
 
     if (pCD->transientLeader)
     {
@@ -146,12 +140,10 @@ void SetClientStateWithEventMask (ClientData *pCD, int newState, Time setTime, u
 	    (newState != WITHDRAWN_STATE))
 	{
 	    newState = MINIMIZED_STATE;
-#ifdef WSM
 	    if (notShowing)
 	    {
 		newState |= UNSEEN_STATE;
 	    }
-#endif /* WSM */
 	}
 	else if ((newState == MINIMIZED_STATE) &&
 		 (pcdLeader->clientState != MINIMIZED_STATE))
@@ -159,22 +151,18 @@ void SetClientStateWithEventMask (ClientData *pCD, int newState, Time setTime, u
 	    if (currentState == WITHDRAWN_STATE)
 	    {
 		newState = NORMAL_STATE;
-#ifdef WSM
 	    if (notShowing)
 	    {
 		newState |= UNSEEN_STATE;
 	    }
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    }
 	    else
 	    {
 		newState = currentState;
-#ifdef WSM
 	    if (notShowing)
 	    {
 		newState |= UNSEEN_STATE;
 	    }
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    }
 	}
 	if (newState == currentState)
@@ -186,11 +174,7 @@ void SetClientStateWithEventMask (ClientData *pCD, int newState, Time setTime, u
     switch (newState)
     {
 
-#ifdef WSM
         case UNSEEN_STATE | WITHDRAWN_STATE:
-#else
-	case WITHDRAWN_STATE:
-#endif /* WSM */
 	{
 	    /*
 	     * Free window manager resources (frame and icon).  The
@@ -205,11 +189,9 @@ void SetClientStateWithEventMask (ClientData *pCD, int newState, Time setTime, u
 	case MAXIMIZED_STATE:
 	{
 	    SetupWindowStateWithEventMask (pCD, newState, setTime, event_mask);
-#ifdef WSM
 	    XMapWindow (DISPLAY, pCD->client);
 	    XMapWindow (DISPLAY, pCD->clientFrameWin);
             WmStopWaiting();   /* in WmIPC.c */
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    break;
 	}
 
@@ -275,7 +257,6 @@ void SetClientStateWithEventMask (ClientData *pCD, int newState, Time setTime, u
 
 	    if (ICON_FRAME_WIN(pCD)) 
 	    {
-#ifdef WSM
 		if (pCD->clientState & UNSEEN_STATE)
 		{
 		    if (pCD->iconWindow)
@@ -286,9 +267,6 @@ void SetClientStateWithEventMask (ClientData *pCD, int newState, Time setTime, u
 		}
 
 		ShowAllIconsForMinimizedClient (pCD);
-#else /* WSM */
-		ShowIconForMinimizedClient (pSD->pActiveWS, pCD);
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    }
 
 	    SetClientWMState (pCD, IconicState, MINIMIZED_STATE);
@@ -317,7 +295,6 @@ void SetClientStateWithEventMask (ClientData *pCD, int newState, Time setTime, u
 	    break;
 	}
 
-#ifdef WSM 
 
         case UNSEEN_STATE | NORMAL_STATE:
         case UNSEEN_STATE | MAXIMIZED_STATE:
@@ -369,7 +346,6 @@ void SetClientStateWithEventMask (ClientData *pCD, int newState, Time setTime, u
 	    }
         }
 	break;
-#endif /* WSM */
     }
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION SetClientStateWithEventMask */
@@ -408,12 +384,8 @@ static void SetupWindowStateWithEventMask (ClientData *pCD, int newState,
 	Time setTime, unsigned int event_mask)
 {
     int currentState;
-#ifdef WSM
     int wsI, iplace;
     WmWorkspaceData *pWS_i;
-#else /* WSM */
-    WmWorkspaceData *pWS = PSD_FOR_CLIENT(pCD)->pActiveWS;
-#endif /* WSM */
     WmScreenData *pSD = PSD_FOR_CLIENT(pCD);
 
     currentState = pCD->clientState;
@@ -500,7 +472,6 @@ static void SetupWindowStateWithEventMask (ClientData *pCD, int newState,
 			XMaskEvent(DISPLAY, event_mask, &event);
 			XUngrabPointer(DISPLAY,CurrentTime);
 		}
-#ifdef WSM
 	        if (wmGD.iconAutoPlace) 
 	        {
                     for (wsI = 0; wsI < pCD->numInhabited; wsI++)
@@ -515,13 +486,6 @@ static void SetupWindowStateWithEventMask (ClientData *pCD, int newState,
 			}
 		    }
 	        }
-#else /* WSM */
-	        if ((wmGD.iconAutoPlace) && (ICON_PLACE(pCD) != NO_ICON_PLACE))
-	        {
-		    pWS->IPData.placeList[ICON_PLACE(pCD)].pCD = 
-			NULL;
-	        }
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    }
 
 	    if (clearIconFocus)
@@ -546,13 +510,9 @@ static void SetupWindowStateWithEventMask (ClientData *pCD, int newState,
 	     */
 
 	    pCD->clientState = newState;
-#ifdef WSM
 		    wmGD.bSuspendSecondaryRestack = True;
-#endif /* WSM */
 	    F_Raise (NULL, pCD, NULL);
-#ifdef WSM
 		    wmGD.bSuspendSecondaryRestack = False;
-#endif /* WSM */
 	}
 
 	if ( (!(pCD->clientFlags & ICON_BOX)) || 
@@ -774,16 +734,12 @@ static void UnmapClients (ClientData *pCD, unsigned int event_mask)
 void SetClientWMState (ClientData *pCD, int wmState, int mwmState)
 {
     ClientData *pNext;
-#ifdef WSM
     Boolean bToUnseen;
 
     bToUnseen = (mwmState & UNSEEN_STATE) != 0;
     mwmState &= ~UNSEEN_STATE;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
-#ifdef WSM
     SetClientWsIndex (pCD);
-#endif /* WSM */
     pNext = pCD->transientChildren;
     while (pNext)
     {
@@ -792,37 +748,29 @@ void SetClientWMState (ClientData *pCD, int wmState, int mwmState)
 	    SetClientWMState (pNext, wmState, mwmState);
 	}
 
-#ifdef WSM
         SetClientWsIndex (pNext);
-#endif /* WSM */
 	SetWMState (pNext->client, wmState, ICON_FRAME_WIN(pNext));
 	if (pNext->maxConfig && mwmState == NORMAL_STATE)
 	{
 	    pNext->clientState = MAXIMIZED_STATE;
 	}
-#ifdef WSM
 	else if (!pNext->maxConfig && mwmState == MAXIMIZED_STATE)
 	{
 	    pNext->clientState = NORMAL_STATE;
 	}
-#endif /* WSM */
 	else
 	{
 	    pNext->clientState = mwmState;
 	}
-#ifdef WSM
 	if (bToUnseen)
 	    pNext->clientState |= UNSEEN_STATE;
-#endif /* WSM */
 	pNext = pNext->transientSiblings;
     }
 
     SetWMState (pCD->client, wmState, ICON_FRAME_WIN(pCD));
     pCD->clientState = mwmState;
-#ifdef WSM
     if (bToUnseen)
 	pCD->clientState |= UNSEEN_STATE;
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION SetClientWMState */
 
@@ -1389,17 +1337,11 @@ void ShowIconForMinimizedClient (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientData *pCD)
 	    CvtIconPlaceToPosition (&pWS->IPData, ICON_PLACE(pCD), 
 				    &ICON_X(pCD), &ICON_Y(pCD));
 
-#ifndef WSM
-	    XMoveWindow (DISPLAY, ICON_FRAME_WIN(pCD), 
-		ICON_X(pCD), ICON_Y(pCD));
-#endif /* WSM */
-
         }
 
         pWS->IPData.placeList[ICON_PLACE(pCD)].pCD = pCD;
     }
 
-#ifdef WSM
     /*
      * If icon on root window and this workspace is active, the
      * make sure it's in the right place.
@@ -1409,7 +1351,7 @@ void ShowIconForMinimizedClient (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientData *pCD)
 	XMoveWindow (DISPLAY, ICON_FRAME_WIN(pCD), 
 	    ICON_X(pCD), ICON_Y(pCD));
     }
-#endif /* WSM */
+
     if (pCD->iconWindow)
     {
         XMapWindow (DISPLAY, pCD->iconWindow);
@@ -1460,20 +1402,14 @@ void ShowIconForMinimizedClient (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientData *pCD)
 			     &pCD->clientEntry);
 	}
 
-#ifdef WSM
         if (pWS == pSD->pActiveWS)
 	{
 	    XMapWindow (DISPLAY, ICON_FRAME_WIN(pCD));
 	}
-#else /* WSM */
-	XMapWindow (DISPLAY, ICON_FRAME_WIN(pCD));
-#endif /* WSM */
     }
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION ShowIconForMinimizedClient */
 
-#ifdef WSM
-
 /*************************************<->*************************************
  *
  *  ShowAllIconsForMinimizedClient (pCD)
@@ -1516,5 +1452,3 @@ void ShowAllIconsForMinimizedClient (ClientData *pCD)
     pCD->currentWsc = saveWsc;
 
 } /* END OF FUNCTION ShowAllIconsForMinimizedClient */
-#endif /* WSM */
-

cde/programs/dtwm/WmWinState.h

@@ -36,7 +36,5 @@ extern void ConfigureNewState (ClientData *pcd);
 extern void SetClientWMState (ClientData *pCD, int wmState, int mwmState);
 extern void MapClientWindows (ClientData *pCD);
 extern void ShowIconForMinimizedClient (WmWorkspaceData *pWS, ClientData *pCD);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern void ShowAllIconsForMinimizedClient (ClientData *pCD);
-#endif /* WSM */
 extern void SlideSubpanelBackIn (ClientData *pCD, Widget wSubpanel);

cde/programs/dtwm/WmWrkspace.c

@@ -20,7 +20,6 @@
  * to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth
  * Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
  */
-#ifdef WSM
 /* 
  * (c) Copyright 1987,1988,1989,1990,1992,1993,1994 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY 
  * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.
@@ -47,9 +46,7 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include "WmPanelP.h"
 #include "WmIPC.h"		/* must be after DtP.h */
-#ifdef WSM
 #include "WmPresence.h"
-#endif /* WSM */
 
 /* local macros */
 #ifndef MIN
@@ -3979,5 +3976,3 @@ int PrintWorkspaceList (pSD)
 } /* END OF FUNCTION PrintWorkspaceList */
 #endif /* DEBUG */
 
-/* DO NOT ADD ANYTHING AFTER THE FOLLOWING #ENDIF !!! */
-#endif /* WSM */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmWrkspace.h

@@ -20,7 +20,6 @@
  * to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth
  * Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
  */
-#ifdef WSM
 /* 
  * (c) Copyright 1987,1988,1989,1990,1992,1993,1994 HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY 
  * (c) Copyright 1993, 1994 International Business Machines Corp.
@@ -186,6 +185,4 @@ extern void SetFrontPanelTitle(
 			WmScreenData *pSD);
 
 /********    End Public Function Declarations    ********/
-#endif /* WSM */
-
 

cde/programs/dtwm/WmXSMP.c

@@ -41,10 +41,8 @@
 #include <Xm/XmP.h>
 #include "WmGlobal.h"
 #include "WmXSMP.h"
-#ifdef WSM
+#include "WmWrkspace.h"
-# include "WmWrkspace.h"
+#include <Dt/Session.h>
-# include <Dt/Session.h>
-#endif
 
 typedef struct _ProxyClientInfo
 {
@@ -60,12 +58,7 @@ typedef struct _ProxyClientInfo
 
 #define MAX_RESOURCE_LEN 1024
 
-#ifdef WSM
 static char *dtwmFileName = "dtwm.db";
-#else
-static char *dtwmFileName = ".mwmclientdb";
-# define EXTRA_FN_CHARS 20
-#endif
 
 /* Fully-qualified resource names/classes. */
 static char *xPositionStr = "%s.position.x";
@@ -76,14 +69,9 @@ static char *initialStateStr = "%s.initialState";
 static char *wmCommandStr = "%s.wmCommand";
 static char *wmClientMachineStr = "%s.wmClientMachine";
 static char *screenStr = "%s.screen";
-#ifdef WSM
 static char *workspacesStr = "%s.workspaces";
 static char *iconXPosStr = "%s.iconPos.x.%s";
 static char *iconYPosStr = "%s.iconPos.y.%s";
-#else
-static char *iconXPosStr = "%s.iconPos.x";
-static char *iconYPosStr = "%s.iconPos.y";
-#endif
 
 /* Header for private database. */
 static char *dbHeader = "\
@@ -105,10 +93,6 @@ static char *iconicStateStr = "IconicState";
 static char *XSMPClientStr = "Client";
 static char *proxyClientStr = "ProxyClient";
 
-#ifndef WSM
-static char *dbFileArgStr = "-session";
-#endif
-
 /* Flag to tell us how to treat ProxyClient info. */
 static Boolean smClientDBCheckpointed = False;
 
@@ -121,20 +105,9 @@ static void smDieCallback(Widget, XtPointer, XtPointer);
 
 /* Build client database file name. */
 static void buildDBFileName(char [MAXPATHLEN], Boolean);
-#ifndef WSM
-/*
- *Get clientDB name according to argv; set according to dbFileName.
- */
-static void getClientDBName(void);
-static void setClientDBName(void);
-static char **getNewRestartCmd(void);
-static void freeNewRestartCmd(char **);
-#endif /* ! WSM */
 
-#ifdef WSM
 /* Get string of client's workspaces. */
 static char *getClientWorkspaces(ClientData *);
-#endif
 
 /* List-of-clients utilities. */
 static Boolean addClientToList(ClientData ***, int *, ClientData *);
@@ -193,7 +166,6 @@ smSaveYourselfCallback(Widget w, XtPointer clientData, XtPointer callData)
 	return;
     }
 
-#ifdef WSM
     /* Second phase: all other clients saved; now I can save myself. */
     /* Copied from WmEvent.c. */
     for (scr = 0; scr < wmGD.numScreens; scr++)
@@ -207,7 +179,6 @@ smSaveYourselfCallback(Widget w, XtPointer clientData, XtPointer callData)
 	    SaveResources(&wmGD.Screens[scr]);
 	}
     }
-#endif
 
     /*
      *  NEW FOR SESSION MANAGEMENT: Write private client resource database.
@@ -221,30 +192,6 @@ smSaveYourselfCallback(Widget w, XtPointer clientData, XtPointer callData)
 	wmGD.clientResourceDB = newClientDB;
 	smClientDBCheckpointed = True;
 
-#ifndef WSM
-	/* Set new session properties if wmGD.dbFileName is valid. */
-	if (wmGD.dbFileName != (char *)NULL)
-	{
-	    char **newRestartCmd, **ptr;
-	    char *newDiscardCmd[4];
-	    Arg args[10];
-	    int nargs;
-
-	    newDiscardCmd[0] = "rm";
-	    newDiscardCmd[1] = "-f";
-	    newDiscardCmd[2] = wmGD.dbFileName;
-	    newDiscardCmd[3] = (char *)NULL;
-
-	    newRestartCmd = getNewRestartCmd();
-
-	    nargs = 0;
-	    XtSetArg(args[nargs], XtNrestartCommand, newRestartCmd); nargs++;
-	    XtSetArg(args[nargs], XtNdiscardCommand, newDiscardCmd); nargs++;
-	    XtSetValues(wmGD.topLevelW, args, nargs);
-
-	    freeNewRestartCmd(newRestartCmd);
-	}
-#endif /* ! WSM */
     }
 }
 
@@ -258,8 +205,6 @@ smDieCallback(Widget w, XtPointer clientData, XtPointer callData)
 static void
 buildDBFileName(char fileNameBuf[MAXPATHLEN], Boolean doingSave)
 {
-#ifdef WSM
-
     char *savePath = (char *)NULL;
 
     fileNameBuf[0] = '\0';
@@ -295,183 +240,8 @@ buildDBFileName(char fileNameBuf[MAXPATHLEN], Boolean doingSave)
     if (fileNameBuf[0] == '\0')
 	strcpy(fileNameBuf, dtwmFileName);
 
-#else
-
-    strcpy(fileNameBuf, (wmGD.dbFileName == (char *)NULL) ?
-	   dtwmFileName : wmGD.dbFileName);
-
-#endif
 }
 
-#ifndef WSM
-
-/*
- *  See if dbFileArgStr specified on command line.  Save subsequent arg;
- *  if not, see if resource set; if not, put files in user's home directory.
- *  NOTE: we allocate extra space for the filename so we can append numbers
- *  without reallocating in setClientDBName.
- */
-static void
-getClientDBName(void)
-{
-    char **argP;
-
-    /* See if DB filename specified on command line. */
-    wmGD.dbFileName = (char *)NULL;
-
-    if (wmGD.argv != (char **)NULL)
-    {
-	for (argP = wmGD.argv; *argP != (char *)NULL; argP++)
-	{
-	    if (strcmp(*argP, dbFileArgStr) == 0)
-	    {
-		if (*(++argP) != (char *)NULL)
-		{
-		    if ((wmGD.dbFileName =
-			 (char *)XtMalloc((strlen(*argP) + 1 +
-					   EXTRA_FN_CHARS) *
-					  sizeof(char)))
-			!= (char *)NULL)
-			strcpy(wmGD.dbFileName, *argP);
-		}
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* Check resource if necessary. */
-    if (wmGD.dbFileName == (char *)NULL)
-    {
-	if (wmGD.sessionClientDB != (String)NULL)
-	{
-	    if ((wmGD.dbFileName =
-		 (char *)XtMalloc((strlen(wmGD.sessionClientDB) + 1 +
-				   EXTRA_FN_CHARS) *
-				  sizeof(char)))
-		!= (char *)NULL)
-		strcpy(wmGD.dbFileName, wmGD.sessionClientDB);
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (wmGD.dbFileName == (char *)NULL)
-    {
-	char *homeDir = XmeGetHomeDirName();
-
-	if ((wmGD.dbFileName =
-	     (char *)XtMalloc((strlen(homeDir) + strlen(dtwmFileName) + 2 +
-			       EXTRA_FN_CHARS) * sizeof(char)))
-	    != (char *)NULL)
-	    sprintf(wmGD.dbFileName, "%s/%s", homeDir, dtwmFileName);
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- *  See comments above in getClientDBName.
- */
-static void
-setClientDBName(void)
-{
-    char *ptr;
-
-    if (wmGD.dbFileName == (char *)NULL)
-	return;
-
-    /* Change trailing ".<number>" to ".<number+1>" */
-    if ((ptr = strrchr(wmGD.dbFileName, '.')) != (char *)NULL)
-    {
-	char *p1;
-
-	for (p1 = ++ptr; *p1 != '\0'; p1++)
-	{
-	    if (!isdigit(*p1))
-		break;
-	}
-
-	if (*p1 == '\0')
-	{
-	    int numSuffix;
-
-	    numSuffix = atoi(ptr) + 1;
-	    sprintf(ptr, "%d", numSuffix);
-
-	    /* Success!  We're all done here. */
-	    return;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* Otherwise, append ".0" to filename. */
-    strcat(wmGD.dbFileName, ".0");
-}
-
-static char **
-getNewRestartCmd(void)
-{
-    char **argP;
-    int argc, i;
-    int fileArgIndex = -1;
-    Arg args[10];
-    int nargs;
-    char **restartCmd;
-    char **newRestartCmd;
-
-    nargs = 0;
-    XtSetArg(args[nargs], XtNrestartCommand, &restartCmd); nargs++;
-    XtGetValues(wmGD.topLevelW, args, nargs);
-
-    if (restartCmd == (char **)NULL)
-	return (char **)NULL;
-
-    for (argc = 0, argP = restartCmd; *argP != (char *)NULL; argP++, argc++)
-    {
-	if (strcmp(*argP, dbFileArgStr) == 0)
-	{
-	    if (*(++argP) == (char *)NULL)
-		break;
-
-	    fileArgIndex = argc++; /* Point at dbFileArgStr, not filename */
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (fileArgIndex < 0)
-    {
-	fileArgIndex = argc;
-	argc += 2;
-    }
-
-    if ((newRestartCmd = (char **)XtMalloc((argc + 1) * sizeof(char *)))
-	== (char **)NULL)
-	return (char **)NULL;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < argc; i++)
-    {
-	if (i != fileArgIndex)
-	{
-	    newRestartCmd[i] = XtNewString(restartCmd[i]);
-	}
-	else
-	{
-	    newRestartCmd[i++] = XtNewString(dbFileArgStr);
-	    newRestartCmd[i] = XtNewString(wmGD.dbFileName);
-	}
-    }
-    newRestartCmd[i] = (char *)NULL;
-
-    return newRestartCmd;
-}
-
-static void
-freeNewRestartCmd(char **restartCmd)
-{
-    while (*restartCmd != (char *)NULL)
-	XtFree(*(restartCmd++));
-
-    XtFree((char *)restartCmd);
-}
-
-#endif /* ! WSM */
-
-#ifdef WSM
-
 static char *
 getClientWorkspaces(ClientData *pCD)
 {
@@ -522,8 +292,6 @@ getClientWorkspaces(ClientData *pCD)
     return cwsP;
 }
 
-#endif /* WSM */
-
 static Boolean
 addClientToList(ClientData ***cdList, int *nClients, ClientData *pCD)
 {
@@ -555,21 +323,12 @@ clientWorkspaceCompare(const void *ppCD1, const void *ppCD2)
     if ((screenDiff = pCD1->pSD->screen - pCD2->pSD->screen) != 0)
 	return screenDiff;
 
-#ifdef WSM
-
     /* If same screen, sort by workspace id. */
     /* How do we handle clients that live in more than one workspace? */
     /* For now, pick the "current" one - if not in active workspace, */
     /* this will simply be the first one in the client's list. */
     return (int)(pCD1->pWsList[pCD1->currentWsc].wsID -
 		 pCD2->pWsList[pCD2->currentWsc].wsID);
-
-#else
-
-    /* If no WSM, must be in same workspace if screen is same! */
-    return 0;
-
-#endif
 }
 
 /*
@@ -629,24 +388,6 @@ findXSMPClientDBMatch(ClientData *pCD, char **workSpaceNamesP)
 		pCD->clientFlags |= SM_Y;
 	    }
 
-#ifndef WSM
-	    if ((resourcePtr =
-		 getXSMPResource(pCD, WMSAVE_ICON_X, iconXPosStr))
-		!= (char *)NULL)
-	    {
-		ICON_X(pCD) = atoi(resourcePtr);
-		pCD->clientFlags |= SM_ICON_X;
-	    }
-
-	    if ((resourcePtr =
-		 getXSMPResource(pCD, WMSAVE_ICON_Y, iconYPosStr))
-		!= (char *)NULL)
-	    {
-		ICON_Y(pCD) = atoi(resourcePtr);
-		pCD->clientFlags |= SM_ICON_Y;
-	    }
-#endif
-
 	    if ((resourcePtr = getXSMPResource(pCD, WMSAVE_WIDTH,
 					       widthSizeStr))
 		!= (char *)NULL)
@@ -673,7 +414,6 @@ findXSMPClientDBMatch(ClientData *pCD, char **workSpaceNamesP)
 		pCD->clientFlags |= SM_CLIENT_STATE;
 	    }
 
-#ifdef WSM
 	    if ((workSpaceNamesP != (char **)NULL) &&
 		((resourcePtr = getXSMPResource(pCD, WMSAVE_WORKSPACES,
 						workspacesStr))
@@ -681,7 +421,6 @@ findXSMPClientDBMatch(ClientData *pCD, char **workSpaceNamesP)
 	    {
 		*workSpaceNamesP = XtNewString(resourcePtr);
 	    }
-#endif
 	}
 
 	/* Always return True for XSMP clients. */
@@ -838,24 +577,6 @@ findProxyClientDBMatch(ClientData *pCD, char **workSpaceNamesP)
 		pCD->clientFlags |= SM_Y;
 	    }
 
-#ifndef WSM
-	    if ((resourcePtr =
-		 getClientResource(proxyClientID, iconXPosStr))
-		!= (char *)NULL)
-	    {
-		ICON_X(pCD) = atoi(resourcePtr);
-		pCD->clientFlags |= SM_ICON_X;
-	    }
-
-	    if ((resourcePtr =
-		 getClientResource(proxyClientID, iconYPosStr))
-		!= (char *)NULL)
-	    {
-		ICON_Y(pCD) = atoi(resourcePtr);
-		pCD->clientFlags |= SM_ICON_Y;
-	    }
-#endif
-
 	    if ((resourcePtr =
 		 getClientResource(proxyClientID, widthSizeStr))
 		!= (char *)NULL)
@@ -882,7 +603,6 @@ findProxyClientDBMatch(ClientData *pCD, char **workSpaceNamesP)
 		pCD->clientFlags |= SM_CLIENT_STATE;
 	    }
 
-#ifdef WSM
 	    if ((workSpaceNamesP != (char **)NULL) &&
 		((resourcePtr =
 		  getClientResource(proxyClientID, workspacesStr))
@@ -890,12 +610,6 @@ findProxyClientDBMatch(ClientData *pCD, char **workSpaceNamesP)
 	    {
 		*workSpaceNamesP = XtNewString(resourcePtr);
 	    }
-#endif
-
-#ifndef WSM
-	    /* This is done in LoadClientIconPositions() if WSM defined. */
-	    dbRemoveProxyClientEntry(proxyClientID);
-#endif
 
 	    return True;
 	}
@@ -949,7 +663,6 @@ saveXSMPClient(FILE *fp, ClientData *pCD)
 
     if (!pCD->pSD->useIconBox)
     {
-#ifdef WSM
 	WmScreenData *pSD = pCD->pSD;
 	WmWorkspaceData *pWS;
 	int i;
@@ -972,19 +685,6 @@ saveXSMPClient(FILE *fp, ClientData *pCD)
 		}
 	    }
 	}
-#else
-	if (SAVE_RESOURCE(pCD, WMSAVE_ICON_X))
-	{
-	    fprintf(fp, iconXPosStr, clientID);
-	    fprintf(fp, intArg, ICON_X(pCD));
-	}
-
-	if (SAVE_RESOURCE(pCD, WMSAVE_ICON_Y))
-	{
-	    fprintf(fp, iconYPosStr, clientID);
-	    fprintf(fp, intArg, ICON_Y(pCD));
-	}
-#endif
     }
 
     if (SAVE_RESOURCE(pCD, WMSAVE_WIDTH))
@@ -1003,18 +703,13 @@ saveXSMPClient(FILE *fp, ClientData *pCD)
     {
 	int clientState;
 
-#ifdef WSM
 	clientState = pCD->clientState & ~UNSEEN_STATE;
-#else
-	clientState = pCD->clientState;
-#endif
 
 	fprintf(fp, initialStateStr, clientID);
 	fprintf(fp, strArg, (clientState == NORMAL_STATE) ?
 		normalStateStr : iconicStateStr);
     }
 
-#ifdef WSM
     if (SAVE_RESOURCE(pCD, WMSAVE_WORKSPACES))
     {
 	char *clientWorkspaces = getClientWorkspaces(pCD);
@@ -1026,7 +721,6 @@ saveXSMPClient(FILE *fp, ClientData *pCD)
 	    XtFree(clientWorkspaces);
 	}
     }
-#endif
 
     return True;
 }
@@ -1042,9 +736,7 @@ saveProxyClient(FILE *fp, ClientData *pCD, int clientIDNum)
     ProxyClientInfo proxyClientInfo;
     int clientX, clientY;
     unsigned int clientWd, clientHt;
-#ifdef WSM
     char *clientWorkspaces;
-#endif
 
     if (!getProxyClientInfo(pCD, &proxyClientInfo))
 	return False;
@@ -1076,7 +768,6 @@ saveProxyClient(FILE *fp, ClientData *pCD, int clientIDNum)
 
     if (!pCD->pSD->useIconBox)
     {
-#ifdef WSM
 	WmScreenData *pSD = pCD->pSD;
 	WmWorkspaceData *pWS;
 	int i;
@@ -1093,13 +784,6 @@ saveProxyClient(FILE *fp, ClientData *pCD, int clientIDNum)
 		fprintf(fp, intArg, pCD->pWsList[i].iconY);
 	    }
 	}
-#else
-	fprintf(fp, iconXPosStr, clientID);
-	fprintf(fp, intArg, ICON_X(pCD));
-
-	fprintf(fp, iconYPosStr, clientID);
-	fprintf(fp, intArg, ICON_Y(pCD));
-#endif
     }
 
     fprintf(fp, widthSizeStr, clientID);
@@ -1108,17 +792,12 @@ saveProxyClient(FILE *fp, ClientData *pCD, int clientIDNum)
     fprintf(fp, heightSizeStr, clientID);
     fprintf(fp, intArg, clientHt);
 
-#ifdef WSM
     clientState = pCD->clientState & ~UNSEEN_STATE;
-#else
-    clientState = pCD->clientState;
-#endif
 
     fprintf(fp, initialStateStr, clientID);
     fprintf(fp, strArg, (clientState == NORMAL_STATE) ?
 	    normalStateStr : iconicStateStr);
 
-#ifdef WSM
     clientWorkspaces = getClientWorkspaces(pCD);
     if (clientWorkspaces != (char *)NULL)
     {
@@ -1126,7 +805,6 @@ saveProxyClient(FILE *fp, ClientData *pCD, int clientIDNum)
 	fprintf(fp, strArg, clientWorkspaces);
 	XtFree(clientWorkspaces);
     }
-#endif
 
     return True;
 }
@@ -1187,9 +865,6 @@ LoadClientResourceDB(void)
 {
     char dbFileName[MAXPATHLEN];
 
-#ifndef WSM
-    getClientDBName();
-#endif
     buildDBFileName(dbFileName, False);
 
     return XrmGetFileDatabase(dbFileName);
@@ -1212,9 +887,6 @@ SaveClientResourceDB(void)
 
     /* Iterate through client list, saving */
     /* appropriate resources for each. */
-#ifndef WSM
-    setClientDBName();
-#endif
     buildDBFileName(dbFileName, True);
     if ((fp = fopen(dbFileName, "w")) == (FILE *)NULL)
 	return (XrmDatabase)NULL;
@@ -1315,9 +987,6 @@ SortClientListByWorkspace(ClientData **clients, int nClients)
     }
 }
 
-#ifdef WSM
-/* This needs to be called if WSM defined; if WSM not defined, icon */
-/* positions are read at the same time as other resources. */
 void
 LoadClientIconPositions(ClientData *pCD)
 {
@@ -1394,4 +1063,3 @@ LoadClientIconPositions(ClientData *pCD)
 	}
     }
 }
-#endif /* WSM */

cde/programs/dtwm/WmXSMP.h

@@ -46,9 +46,7 @@
 #define WMSAVE_WIDTH		(1L << 2)
 #define WMSAVE_HEIGHT		(1L << 3)
 #define WMSAVE_STATE		(1L << 4)
-#ifdef WSM
+#define WMSAVE_WORKSPACES	(1L << 5)
-# define WMSAVE_WORKSPACES	(1L << 5)
-#endif
 #define WMSAVE_ICON_X		(1L << 6)
 #define WMSAVE_ICON_Y		(1L << 7)
 
@@ -60,8 +58,6 @@ extern XrmDatabase SaveClientResourceDB(void);
 extern Boolean FindClientDBMatch(ClientData *, char **);
 extern Boolean GetSmClientIdClientList(ClientData ***, int *);
 extern void SortClientListByWorkspace(ClientData **, int);
-#ifdef WSM
 extern void LoadClientIconPositions(ClientData *);
-#endif
 
 #endif /* _WmXSMP_h */